高考英语复习知识点概要
1.a great/good many: a large number of许多。修饰可数名词复数。
I’m quite busy. I have a great many things to do. 我很忙，我有很多事要做。
若复数名词前有限定词或其修饰的为代词时，应加of .
①A great many of the books have been sold out. 已经卖了很多书了。
②A great many of them are out of work.他们很多人失业了。
2.able(可以的，有能力的，可能的)①He is an able man.那人本事不小。 enable(v)使??能
②We must learn more to enable us to face all the difficulties.我们要多学知识以便能面对各种困难。 disable:有残疾的，不能干的；the disabled表示一类人（残疾人） able作词辍时
①可以??的，值得??的（有被动含义）
eatable可食用的，measurable可以测量、估计的；readable可读的 ②其他含义：conformable舒适的、安逸的；suitable 合适的，恰当的
3.above, over, on
三个词都可以表示“在??上“，但用法不同。On表示与某物体表面接触；over表示在某物体垂直的上方，含“布满、覆盖、跨越”之意，与under 相对；above表示位置高于，但不一定垂直，与below相对。注意：与数字、数量、长度词连用时，多用over,同more than。如：over10,000people一万多人；表示年龄、刻度多用above，如a man above fifty五十开外的人；above zero零度以上。 习惯用语：well above average远在一般以上；above sea-level海拔以上；the one above上面的一个；above all首先，尤其重要的是；over there 那边；all over 遍及；over again 再一遍；over and over再三地
[应用]介词填空
①There lay an umbrella_______the table and some raincoats _____it.
②The mother held an umbrella______the boy’s head so that the sun wouldn’t burn him.
③ There seemed to be a war and many planes were flying____the city. ④The moon was______the trees in the east. Key:①on,under ②over ③over ④above above all 首先，特别是，最重要的是 after all 到底，毕竟
at all (用来加强语气)与not连用，表示“一点也不，完全不”。 in all 总共
all but 几乎，差点没（=almost,nearly） ①We have all but finished the work. ②The day turned out fine after all.
③Children need many things ,but above all they need love.
④He wasn’t at all tired.
⑤Do you feel ill at all(真的，确实)？ ⑥There were twenty in all at the party. accident/event/ incident event一般指重大事件。accident多指意外或偶然发生的事故，特别是不幸的、有损害性的事故。incident相对于accident来说，显得不很重要，指“小事件”，它还可以用来表示“事变”，如叛乱、爆炸等。如：
The broadcaster is broadcasting the news on current events.广播员正在播报时事新闻。
He was badly injured in the traffic accident.在那起交通事故中，他严重受伤。
There was an incident on the bus: a man fought with the conductor.那辆公共汽车上发生了一件事，有个人和售票员打了起来。
Have you heard of Xi’an Incident?你听说过“西安事变”吗？
admit vt.①接纳，许可??进入（allow sb./sth.to enter）
He was admitted to the school this year.Only two hundred boys and girls are admitted to our school every year.
②承认，后可接名词，doing、从句或复合结构。 I admit my fault. She admitted having read the letter. He admitted that his comprehension was weak. You must admit the task to be difficult. advice建议；劝告。是不可数名词，“一条建议”应用a piece of advice。常用结构。
give sb.advice(on)/give advice给某人提（关于??的）建议；忠告某人。
ask(sb.)for advice征求（某人的）意见。
①Marx gave us some good advice on how to learn a
高考英语复习知识点概要
foreign language.
关于如何学好外语，马克思给我们提了些好建议。 ②If you take /follow my advice, you’ll pass the exam.如果你听从我的建议，你会考试及格的。 ③Let’s ask our teacher for some advice.咱们征求一下老师的意见吧。
admire（= respect / praise）vt.羡慕，钦佩，夸奖 admire sb.（for sth.）佩服某人某事
Visitors to Beijing greatly admire our Palace Museum. 去北京的游人极其羡慕我们的故宫。 I admire him for his wisdom.我佩服他的智慧。别忘了夸奖孩子。
对比：envy（= jealous）vt.嫉妨，羡慕
envy sb.（sth.）嫉妒/羡慕某人某事 We all envy you your good future. 我们都很羡慕你的好运。 advise sb. to do sth.建议某人做某事（suggest不这样用）。
①I advise you to take the chance.我建议你抓住机会。
②—What do you advise me to do?你建议我怎么办？
—I advise you not to lose heart; just keep on.我劝你不要灰心，继续干。
advise 还可同suggest一样，后接名词、代词、动名词（短语）和that从句（用虚拟语气）作宾语。 ①—What would you advise?你有什么建议吗？—I advise you an early start我建议你早点出发。
②I advise holding a metting to discuss the problem.我建议召开一次会议来讨论这个问题。
③I advise you (should) go to once.我建议你马上去。advise ，persuade
persuade sb. to do sth.意为“说服某人做某事”，强调劝说成功，说服；advise sb. to do sth. 意为“劝说某人做某事”，不涉及劝说是否有效，相当于try to persuade sb. to do sth.。如：
The doctor persuaded my father to give up smoking.医生说服我爸爸戒了烟。
The doctor advised my father to give up smoking, but failed.
医生劝我爸爸戒烟，但没成功。 advise; suggest
advise 与suggest 都可作“建议”讲，二者用法有同有异。
(1)相同点表示建议做某事，advise与suggest都可采用下列三种句型: ① + 名词 ② + 动名词
③ + that从句（从句中常用should加动词原形，should可以省略。）
eg. He advised/ suggested an early start. He advised/ suggested (our) starting early.
He advised/ suggested that we (should) start early. (注：只要是用从句表示建议该做的事，从句中就可用“should+动词原形”，should可以省略。)上面的第三句可转化为：
It was suggested that we (should) start early.
What he suggested was that we(should) start early. His suggestion was that we (should) start early. (2)不同点
①advise后可以跟人称代词作宾语，而suggest后不可以跟人称代词作宾语。故可以说：
advise sb. to do sth.; advise sb. against (doing) sth.; advise sb. on/ about sth.; suggest(to sb.)that...
前三种结构中不可将advise改为suggest，如： 他建议我们去参观博物馆。
[正]He advised us to go to visit the museum. [误]He suggested us to go to visit the museum.
[误]He suggested us that we go to visit the museum. ②suggest还有“暗示、表明、说、指出（一个事实）”的意思。此时从句中用陈述语气，不用虚拟语气。如：
The smile on his face suggested that he was pleased. Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the patient was seriously ill.(句中suggest陈述了一个事实，故用陈述语气。)比较：
Having examined carefully, the doctor suggested that the Patient be
operated on at once.(句中suggest表示建议该做某事，从句中用should加动词原形，should在从句中省略。)
affect（=have an effect on sth.）vt.影响（effect n.影响）
This may affect your health. 这或许会影响你的健康。
My throat is always affected by bad weather.我的嗓子总是受恶劣天气的影响。 afraid
1)“be afraid of+名词”，意为“害怕”。 2）“be afraid of doing sth”意为“担心，害怕??”。 3）“be afraid for?”意为“为??担心。” 4）“be afraid that?”意为“担心，恐怕”。 5）“be afraid to do ”意为“害怕，担心而不敢做某事”。
6）I’m afraid so/not.恐怕是这样/恐怕不会这样 [应用]完成句子
①女孩子一般都怕蛇。Girls are usually______
高考英语复习知识点概要
_____snakes.
②他怕把杯子打碎，因而很小心。He was careful because he was afraid______ _____the glass.
③你不为自己的安全担心吗？Are you afraid_______your safety?
④恐怕她会迷路。I am _____ _____she will lose her way.
⑤汤姆把钱丢了，也不敢告诉他母亲。Tom lost the money and was afraid________ ______his mother. Key:①afraid,of ②of,breaking ③for ④afraid,that ⑤to tell
again and again = time and time again = over and over = over and over again再三地
The old man thinks of his happy past again and again. 这位老人再三地想起他幸福的过去。 age
(1)n.年龄，时代，时期
The old man died at the age of 80/when he was 80 years of age/when he was 80 years old. 那位老人80岁时去世了。
He is young for his age. 就他的年龄而论，他是年轻的。
What is the age of the church? 这座教堂多少年了？
He was the greatest poet of the age. 他是那个时代最伟大的诗人。 (2)vi./vt. 变老
He is aging fast. Worry ages a man. 他老得很快。忧虑令人老！
I found him greatly aged. 我发现他老多了。 拓展：（1）adj. aged??岁的，年老的
a boy aged ten 一个10岁的男孩 an aged man老人
(2)人生的七期
baby→infant→child→youth→manhood→middle age→old age
婴儿/0→幼儿7→儿童12→青年28→壮年40→中年65→老年
agree 同意。常用桔构：
(1)agree on 对??取得一致意见或达成协议,一般表示原双方共同商讨以后达成协议的名词)。主语必须是两者以上。也常用被动语态，表示“（某事）是大家都同意的”。如：
①They agreed on the date for the next meeting.对下次会议的日期他们达成了一致意见。 ②At last,the plan was agreed on. 最后，这项计划通过了。
③I don’t agree with you to this arrangement, but perhaps, after a discussion we will agree on this project.我不赞同你在这件事的安排，但或许在协商之后我们可以就这个工程达成共识。
(2)agree to 同意；赞成。to 为介词，后接表示“建议；办法；计划”等名词。
①Do you agree to my plan?你同意我的计划吗？ ②The headmaster has agreed to our suggestion for the holiday.校长同意了我们度假的建议。 (3)agree with同意；赞成。后接sb. 或what 从句。 I agree with you ,but I don’t agree with what he said.我同意你的意见，但我不同意他所说的。另外，agree with还有“与??相适应/相一致”的意思。 The climate here doesn’t agree with me .我不适应这里的气候。
(4)agree to do sth.同意、答应做某事。
Do you agree to go with us if we agree to lend you some money?如果我们答应借钱给你，你同意和我们一起去吗？ ahead短语归纳
go ahead朝前走，请便（同意对方继续干或同意对方的请求）；go ahead (on)with?继续；ahead of在??前面，早于，优先；ahead of time提前 [应用]完成句子
①他朝前走去看看发生了什么事情。He ________ ________ to see what had happened.
②我可以坐这个座位吗？请坐吧。May I take this seat?________ _______.
③汤姆的数学比玛丽好。Tom is ________ _______ Mary in maths.
④她比我早到2个小时。She arrived two hours _______ _______me.
⑤他们已提前三周完成了设计。They have completed the design _______ ______ _______ _______time.
Key:①went,ahead ②Go,ahead③/ ④ahead,of⑤three,weeks,ahead,of
alive,living,live,lively,lovely区别 1)lovely意“可爱的”，“美好的”如：a lovely day 美好的一天 a lovely girl 可爱的女孩 2)alive 意为“活着的、有活力的”,是表语形容词，可修饰人、物；
在句中做表语宾补和或后置定词，不能用作前置定语。如
He was alive when he was taken to the hospital.他被送往医院时还活着。
Although he is old, he is still very much alive.虽然年老了，但他仍十分活跃。
The fish is still alive/living.那条鱼还活着。
高考英语复习知识点概要
Keep him alive, please.请让他活下去吧。
He is the only man alive in the accident.他是事故中惟一活着的人。
After the war , he remained alive .战后他还活着。 Those alive will gather here. 活着的人将在此相聚。 3)living 意为“活着的、有生命的”，主要用于作前置定语及冠词the 之后表示一类人，也可用作表语，可修饰人或物。如： a living plant 活的植物
The living will go on with the work of the dead.活着的人将继续死者的工作。
all living things所有生物 the living 在世者，活着的人们
Latin is not a living language. 拉丁语不是现代使用的语言。
He is still living at the age of 95.95岁了他还活着。 4)live [laiv] （1）（动、植物）“活的”，“有生命的”，“活生生的，主要用来说鸟或其它动物，作前置定语；如：a live fish一条活鱼 a live tiger 一只活老虎
(2)实况的，现场直播的；如：a live report现场报道a live show/broadcast/TV program现场转播的表演/实况广播/现场直播的电视节目
living有精神的，活泼的，快活的，轻快的
Her grandfather is still living at the age of 93.她爷爷已经93岁了，仍然健在。 5)lively 意为“活泼的”，“有生气的”, 生动的 “生动的”，可用作表语、定语，指人或物。如： a lively child 活泼的孩子
a lively description 生动的描述如：
a lively mind 活跃的头脑 a lively discussion 热烈的讨论
a way of making one’s classes lively 使课堂生动的方法
He told a lively story about his life in Africa. 他讲述了一个有关他的非洲生活的一个生动故事。
Young children are usually lively. 年轻人通常很活泼。
all the same adj.都一样；无所谓（to+n.）
①You can stay or leave now;It’s all the same to me. ②It’s all the same to me whether we’ll go there today or tomorrow. adv.仍然，还是
Thank you all the same.
all the year round 全年，一年到头
In the west coast of Canada,it rains all the year round. allow与permit 1)用法相同 allow / permit sb .to do sth .允许某人做某事
allow / permit doing sth . 允许做某事。此时动词只用ing 形式。
反义词forbid 具有同样用法。 2)意义有异同
许多情况下可换用，只是词意的强弱上有差异。allow语意较弱，含有“听任”，“默许”，“不加阻止”的意思；permit 语意较强，强调“正式认可”，“批准”的意思。如：
The nurse allowed him to remain there ,though it was not permitted.
护士让他留在那里，虽然这时（规定）不允许的。 amaze vt.使??惊奇 = astonish, surprise
The news amazed us greatly.这条消息使我们感到很惊奇。 拓展：（1）amazed人对??感到吃惊的；amazing（某物）??信人吃惊的。
They were all amazed at the amazing news. 听到这个令人吃惊的消息他们感到惊讶。 (2)amazement n.
to one’s amazement令人吃惊的是
To my amazement, they have gone to Xishuangbanna. 让我奇怪的是，他们去西双版纳了。 类似短语：to one’s happiness/excitement/sadness/puzzlement 使某人高兴的/兴奋的/伤心的/迷惑的是
and so on : etc 等等。用来表示列举，但又不一一列出。
He knows five foreign languages, English, French, Japanese and so on.他懂5种外语，如英语、法语、日语等等。
announce, explain, introduce, declare后面不接双宾语，若以人作宾语常置于to后。如：
The president announced to the workers the sad news.
The president announced the sad news to the workers.总裁向工人宣布了那不幸的消息。
He introduced the new comer to everyone here.他把新来的那个人介绍给这里的每个人。
report to sb.向某人汇报：report sth/sb.to sb.向某人汇报/告诉。 [应用]单句改错
①The teacher explained his students how to use the computer.
②No one declared us we could not smoke here. Key:①explain后加to ②declare后加to
高考英语复习知识点概要
another day/the other day/some day/one day
another day 可表示近期将来的某一天，意为“改天”，也可表示过去将来某一动作或状态延续的“又一天”。如:
She is coming another day instead of today. 她今天不来，改天来。
You may do it another day. 你可以改天做这件事。
He stayed there (for) another day/another two days after I lift.
我离开后他在那又待了一天/两天。
the other day 相当于a few days ago,意为“几天前、某天、那天、不久前”，句中用一般过去时。如： I met her in the street the other day.几天前我在街上碰见过她。
I bought the watch the other day.这手表我是几天前买的。
some day指将来“总有一天、有朝一日、终将、（日后）某一天”，谓语动词用一般将来时.如:
Your wishes will come true some day.总有一天你的愿望会实现的。
Some day you‘ll have to pay for what you have done. 总有一天你要为你的行为而付出代价的。 one day可以表示“（过去）某一天”，谓语动词常用一般过去式；也可表示“（将来）某一天”，这时可与some day互相代替，谓语常用一般将来时。如：
One day I went to see my first teacher ,but he happened to be out.有一天，我去看我的启蒙老师，可碰巧他出去了。
He will understand the teacher one day/some day.将来有一天，他会理解老师的。 anxious, eager
两个词均有“渴望，急于”之意。anxious 着重指焦急、着急或担心；而eager着重指对成功的期望或进取的热情。两者都多用作表语，其主语通常是人，不能以无生命的事物作主语。对比： He is eager to join the army.他渴望参军。
He is anxious to know whether he has been chosen. 他急于知道是否被选上了。 常用搭配：
①be anxious to do sth.渴望急切地做某事；be anxious for渴望（了解、得到）；
be anxious about担心，对??感到不安 ②be eager to do sth.急切地想做某事； be eager for (about, after)渴望，渴求， be eager for your help渴望得到你的帮助； be eager about peace渴望和平 ①学生们都急切地想知道考试结果。
The students ________ ________ ________ ________ the results ofthe examination.
②那个小男孩渴望得到一台新录音机。The little boy was ________ ________a new recorder.
③我很担心我儿子的健康。I’m ________ ________my son’s health.
④他殷切希望女儿的成功。He is __________ _________ his daughter’s success.
Key:①are, anxious(eager),to ,know②anxious(eager)，for③anxious, about④eager, for(about, after) apologize for doing sth.
apologize是不及物动词，意为“道歉”，其表达式为“apologize to sb.for sth.”。如：
You must apologize to your sister for being so rude.它的名词形式是apology, 复数形式是apologizes. make one’s apologies to sb. for sth.= make an apology to sb. for sth.如：
He make his apologies to me for coming late. appear
As a result, it appered to scientists on earth that the stars had moved.因此，地球上的科学家看来，恒星好像是移动了。
句型：It appears/seems(to sb.) +that—clause.看来/似乎是??
①It appears to me that something is wrong.我看好像有点不大对头。
②It appears that he will the prize.看来他会得笑。 appear;seem;look
appear, seem, look都有“看起来似??”之意，但其暗含意思和用法又各有不同。 从意义上讲：
(1)appear强调外表给人的印象，有时含实质上并非如此的意思，如：
He appears to know more than he really does。他看起来好像懂得很多。（其实懂得没有那么多）
(2)seem暗示有一定根据的判断，这种判断往往接近事实，如：
His health seems to be better.他的健康状况似乎有所好转。
(3)look着重由视觉得出的印象，如：
He doesn’t look his age.他看起来比实际年龄年轻（或老成）。 从用法上讲：
seem和appear后可加
(to + be)+表语(adj.或n.或prep.) +to v.
It + ~ +(that)从句如：
高考英语复习知识点概要
He seems/appears（to be）very sad today.=It seems that he is very sad today.
It seems like years since I saw you last time.
He seems a kind doctor.（=It seems that he is a kind doctor.）
He seems/appears to have caught a cold.=It seems/appears that he has caught a cold.
look当“看起来似乎?和as if从句。如： He looks strong.
She looks like her mother.
It looks as if we are going to miss the train.?”讲时，可接形容词、过去分词、名词、介词短语 area; district
（1）area表示“地区、区域”，是普通用词，暗示一个较大的，可能是没有清楚界限的地区，不能用来指行政上的地理单位。如：
The old man lives in a mountain area.这位老人生活在山东。
This is a less developed area.这是个欠发达地区。 Most of the large land areas are connected.多数大块陆地是相连的。
（2）district表示“区、地区、区域”，指为行政管理或选举之目的所分的区。在同一城市，各种性质不同的区域也叫district。如：
Where is the District of Columbia?哥伦比亚特区在什么地方？
The old man used to work in the jin-Cha-Ji Military District.那位老人曾经在晋察冀军区工作。
The northeast part of the city is the residential district.这城市的东北部是住宅区。 Arm
take…in one‘s arms 该结构意为“拥抱”。如：
He went into classroom, taking some books in his arms.
As a child?.:As/When he was a child?，小的时候，该句型中的as为连词，意为“在??的时候”，引导时间状语从句。当从句与主句主语一致，且从句谓语为be时，可将从句主语及be省略。
①Even as(he was)a student,Professor Smith showed great interest in maths.甚至上学的时候，史密斯教授对数学就很感兴趣。
②As(he was)a boy,he liked playing table tennis with the grown-ups.小时候，他就喜欢和大人们打乒乓球。as a result 作为结果，结果（发生某情况），可置于句首，也可置于句末
She got up very early. As a result, she was able to catch the early bus.她起得很早，因此她赶上了早班车。
He has won the game. He is in high spirits as a result. 他赢了比赛，所以他精神高昂。
He runs every day .As a result , he has lost weight .他每天跑步，结果他减肥了。
as a result of 作为??的结果，as a result of??的结果是
As a result of exercise , he has built up his health. The flight was delayed as a result of typhoon.该次班机因台风而延误
result in = lead to 导致，造成??结果，如：
Hard work results in success.努力终归成功。(= Success results from hard work.成功来自努力) Hard work results in success. 勤奋才会成功。 result from 由??产生的结果，如：
Success results from hard work. 成功来自勤奋。 His illness resulted from overwork. 他的病起因于操劳过渡。 as…as
as many as 和??一样多/多达；as much as 和??一样多/多达（注意：many指可数的量，much 指不可数词的量）；as high as 和??一样高/高达；as thick as 和??一样厚/厚达；as long as 一样长/长达;as deep as 一样深/深达；as early as 一样早/早在??时候，如：
We have as many books as they.我们的书和他们的一样多。/The great fire burned down as many as twenty buildings.大火烧毁的大楼多达20座。 [应用]汉译英
①新桥与旧桥一样长。/这种鱼可长到长达15英尺。 ②这座山和远处的另一座一样高。/这座山高达4000米。
Key:①The new bridge is as long as the old one./The kind of fish can grow as long as 15 feet.
②This mountain is as high as another one in the distance./This mountain is as high as 4,000 metres. as?as possible:as?as one can尽可能地??.
①I’ll come back as soon as possible.我尽可能地??
②Get up as early as possible tomorrow morning. 明天早晨尽量早起。 as...as...用法小结
（1）...as+形容词（副词）原级+as...;not as/so+形容词（副词）原级+as...
Their factory is as large as ours.他们的工厂和我们的一样大。
I study as hard as you.我和你一样用功学习。
He doesn’t get up as/ so early as his parents.他不像
高考英语复习知识点概要
他父母那样早起床。
（2）??倍数 + as + 形容词（副词）原级+as... Line AB is 3 times as long as Line CD.=Line AB is twice longer than/3 times the length of Line CD.线段AB是线段CD长的3倍。
（3）as + 形容词 + a/an + 单数可数名词 + as; as + 形容词+复数名词 + as
She is as good many records as possible.我们需要尽量多的唱片。
There is as much sugar in it as eight pieces of sugar.其中的含糖量相当于八块方糖。 I have’t got as much money as I thought.我没有原来想象的那么多钱。
（5）as much/ many as多达??，??那么多 On Sports Day, during the relay race, you will use most of all, perhaps as much as 650 calories an hour.在运动会上，进行接力赛跑时，你消耗的能量最多，可能每小时多达650卡。
As many as 700 different languages are spoken in Africa.非洲有多达700种不同的语言。
He didn’t catch as many as he’d hoped.他没有捉住预想的那么多。
（6）as...as possible; as... as one can
The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as he can. =The teacher should write the words on the blackboard as carefully as possible.老师在黑板上应尽可能仔细地把字写好。
Please be as friendly as possible to your friends.=Please be as friendly as you can.请对你的朋友尽可能友好。
（7）as...as + 年代数字/名词
As early as 1950 I knew him.早在1950 年我就认识他了。
He walked as far as the post office.他步行到邮局。 （8）as/so far as I know
As/ So for as I know, he will be away from home for 3 months.就我所知，他将要离家3个月。 （9）as soon as—??就??
Please let us know as soon as you arrive in Bejing.一到北京，请通知我们一声。 （10）as well as 和；也；还有
He gave me money as well as advice.他除了给我忠告外，还给我钱。
He studies French as well as English.他不但学习英语，而且学习法语。
（11）as/so long as 只要；如果
You may use that dictionary as long as you take care of it.只要你好好保存，你可以用那本词典。 as a matter of fact=in fact事实上、实际上??
It seems easy,but as a matter of fact,it‘ll take us a long time to work it out.
这道题貌似简单，实际上要解出的话很费时间。 区别下列用法
1)as(so)far as 和??一样远，远至（原级比较或表示距离）；就??来讲
2)as(so)long as 和??一样长（原级比较）；只要（引导条件 状语从句）
3）as well as和??一样好；既??也??（连接并列成分）
4）as good as和??一样好；事实上（作状语） [应用]完成句子
①他们实际上已经答应帮助我们了。They have ________ _______ ______ promised to help us.
②油漆后的这辆自行车和新的一样。Painted, this bike is _______ _____ ______ a new one.
③小李英语说得和汉语一样好。Xiao Li speaks English______ ______ _____ she speaks Chinese. ④他和他的父母对我都很好。He _______ ______ ______his parents is kind to me.
⑤晚饭后我们一直到走山脚下。After supper we walked______ _____ ______the foot of the hill.
⑥就我所知，他将离开两个月。______ ______ ______I know, he’ll be away for two months.
⑦只要努力，你一定会成功。________ ________ _______you work hard, you’ll succeed in time. ⑧这座新建的桥据说和旧的一样长。This newly – built bridge is said to be _____ ____ ___the old one.
Key:①②as good as;③④as well as ⑤as far as ⑥As, far,as ⑦As/so,long,as ⑧as,long,as
as if可用as though替换，在此引导表语从句，另外它们也可引导状语从句，从句既可用陈述语气，也可用虚拟语气。如：
①It looks as if /though it’s going to rain.（陈述语气）
②You look as if you’d seen a ghost.（虚拟语气） as is the case with = as with ??就和??的情况一样
As is the case with his mother, he is fond of music. 跟母亲一样，他喜欢音乐。
As with human, animals also love their babies. 同人一样，动物也爱它们的幼仔。 as good as
as good as 作为固定词组意为“几乎一样”，“实际
高考英语复习知识点概要
上等于”，作为同级比较结构，意为“和??一样好”。如：
①He is as good at English as me.②My bike is as good as yours. ?as it is
该固定词组表达意思是“就以（现在）这个样子，”“根据现在的情况”。
如：He decided to buy the house as it is. as long as/so long as只要 (1)引导条件状语从句
You may borrow the book as / so long as you keep it clean. 只要你不把书弄脏，你就可以借。
You will succeed so long as you work hard. 只要你努力就会成功。
As long as you study hard, you’ll make great progress. 只要你努力学习，你就会取得很大进步。 (2)和??一样长
This rope is as long as that one.这条绳子和那条一样长。
This bridge isn’t so/as long as that one.这座桥和那座不一样长。
(3)长达??（表时间）
The old couple have been living in the small town as long as 50 years.
这对老夫妇已在这个小城镇里住了长达50年。 as well/ as well as as well 表示“也”，是副词短语，用作状语，通常放在句末，也可放在主语之后，相当于too,但一般无标点符号与句子隔开.as well as 通常看作一个复合并列连词,连接两个成分相同的词、短语或句子，表示“既??又??，不但??而且??”当它连接两个主语时，谓语动词的人称和数要与第一个主语保持一致。如：
The children learn to read, write and they play games as well.孩子们学习读书写字，他们也做游戏。 With television,we can see a picture as well as hear sound.利用电视,我们既能听到声音,又能看到图像. Tom,as well as his parents,likes pop music.汤姆以及他的父母都喜欢流行音乐。 as;which引导定语从句异同
as, which 都能引导限制性或非限制性的定语从句。 (1)在引导限制性定语从句时；
①which从句修饰的先行词是名词（词组），which可与that换用，作宾语时可省去。如：
Then grow some tomatoes in one box which has plant food in the soil and some in another box which doesn‘t.
But the studios(which)he started are still busy today, producing more and more interesting films.
②as从句的先行词是the same/such或被the same/such修饰；as可作主、宾、表语，一律不可省略。如：Many of the sports were the same as they are now.（as作表语）
He uses the same map as I (use).他和我用的是同一份地图。（as作宾语）
Such as beautiful park as is being built was designed by two young engineers.正在建造的如此漂亮的公园是由两个年轻的工程师设计的。（as作主语） The printed newspaper was not such as the chief editor had expected. 印好的报纸并非如主编原来所期望的那样。（as作宾语） (2)在引导非限制性定语从句时，as,which都可作主、宾、表语，都不可省去。
①which从句补充说明先行词的用途、性质、状态、特征等。如：
At present,the biggest nature park for milu deer in China is in the Nanhaizi Milu Park,which is about 20 kilometres south of Beijing.(位置)
China Daily has plenty of advertisements, which help to cut
the costs of making the newspaper.(用途)
One of Charile Chaplin’s most famous films was“The Gold Rush”,which was made in 1925.(时间) Now, however,the maters of this great lake,which is also the
World‘s deepest(over 1,740 metres),have been dirtied by waste
from a chemical factory.(特征)
②which从句还可表示说话人的看法，也可对主句作意义上的补充；which=and it/ this/ that/ they;which代表的是先行词、主句或主句的一部分；which从句只能放在先行词或主句后。如：
He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and it)is not true.他说她会四门外语，这是不可能的。（说话人看法，which代表宾语从句部分）
比较：He said she could speak 4 foreign languages, which(=and that)surprised every one of us.他说她会四门外语，这使我们每个人都很惊讶。（补充主句，which 代表主句）
Leaves are turning yellow, which means autumn is coming. 树叶正在变黄，这意味着秋天就要来了。 ③as也可代表先行词、主句或主句一部分。但as有“正如”的意义，其从句可放在主句前或后，如： The Nanjing Changjiang River Bridge,as we all know, was compl-
高考英语复习知识点概要
eted in 1969.我们都知道南京长江大桥，它建成于一九六九年。（as代表先行词）
To shut your eyes to facts, as many of you do, is foolish.(如)你们许多人（所做的那样）对事实视而不见是愚蠢的。（as代表主语部分）
As we know, the earth is round. 我们知道，地球是圆的。
ask for 要求，请求
ask sb.for sth.向（某人）请求（要求）??
She asked for some advice on how to learn English well.
at表示速度、价格、利率
at a high/low price以高价/;低价；at 40 miles an hour 以每小时40英里的速度；at a high/low speed以高速/慢速；at an ordinary speed 以普通速度；at full/top speed以全速/高速；at a speed of 以??速度。
[应用]完成句子
①公司决定以较低的价格将这批电视卖掉。
The company decided to sell the TV sets _ __ _ __ __ _ 。
②火车正以每小时150英里的速度前进。
The train was running ______ _____ ______ _______150 miles an hour .
Key:①at, a, low, price②at,a, speed,of “at+名词”表示“在进行，从事” at work 在工作；at table在吃饭；at play 在做游戏；at sea 出海；at university/college在上学;at night school在上夜校；at dinner/table在吃饭；at peace处于和平状态；at war在交战，在打仗 [应用]完成句子。
①别人在工作，不要吵闹。Don’t make any noise while others are ______ ________.
②孩子们在游戏，而他们的父母正在吃饭。
The children were ______ ________ while their parents were_______ _______. Key:①at, work②at,play,at,dinner at last, in the end, finally
三者均有“最后、终于”的含义。 finally常用于动词之前，表示人们长期以来期待的某事最后实现了，也可指一系列事物或论点的顺序。例如：
Ａfter putting it off three times,we finally managed to have a holiday in Greece.经过三次延期之后,我们终于在希腊度了一次假。
Ｔhey talked about it for hours.Finally,they decided not to go.他们谈论了几个小时，最后决定不去。 at last 有时可与finally互换，但往往用于一番拖延或曲折之后，语气更强烈。例如：
When at last they found him, he was almost dead.当人们最终找到他时，他已经奄奄一息了。
James has passed his exams at last.詹姆斯终于通过了考试。
in the end指经过许多变化、困难的捉摸不定的情况之后，某事才发生。例如：
We made five different plans for our holiday, but in the end we had a summer camp again.我们制订了五种不同的度假方案，但最后我们还是选定了再来一次夏令营活动。
at (the) least 至少；最少。反义词组为at (the)most至多；最多。
—Mr Smith looks older than his real age.In fact,he is at (the)most 40 years old.史密斯先生很显老，实际上他最多40岁。
—Oh, really?I thought he was 50 years old at (the)least.噢，真的吗？我以为他至少50岁了。 at the beginning of 在??初（开头），可指时间与空间。如：
at the beginning of term 在学期开始
at the beginning of the book 在那本书的开头
at the beginning 单独用时间at first，也可说in the beginning.
比较：at the end of 在??末（尽头） at the end 在末尾处
in the end 最终，同at last in the middle of 在??中期
from beginning to end 从头至尾 at the doctor‘s
该结构为介词+名词所有格，意为“在诊所”。所有格-’s后一般接名词，如her mother’s bike ,但有时这个名词可省略，主要表现在以下两个方面： ①指一个企业，机构，教堂，学校，医院，家庭，理发店，店铺时。如： She is at the hairdresser‘s.
②为了避免重复，省略-’s后的名词。如：
I have read some of Shaw‘s plays,but none of Shakespeare‘s.
at the last moment在最后关头 at the moment 此刻；正在那时 for a moment片刻；一会儿for the moment 目前，暂时in a moment立刻，马上
at the top of在??的顶部，上方 at the top of a mountain在山顶
She is (at)the top of her class in French. at the top of one’s voice高声地，尖声地 at war
高考英语复习知识点概要
该介宾词组意思是“处于战争或交战状态”。在句中常作表语。如：
The U.S.A.and Iraq are at war again. at, with, through表原因 三个介词都可表示原因，at表示听到或看到的原因；(2)vt.尝试；企图。
①She attempted to learn Japanese.她试图学习日语。 ②The prisoner attempted an escape.那犯人企图逃走。
12.keep out of = keep sth.(sb.)out of不使入内；不牵with表示人体外部的原因；through 强调自身的原因。如：be sad at the news听了这个消息而悲伤；be frightened at the sight看了那个情景而害怕；jump up with joy高兴地跳了起来；turn red with anger气得脸红；shake with cold/fear冻得/害怕得发抖；with pleasure高兴地；with pride 骄傲地；with satisfaction满意地；make the mistake through his carelessness由于粗心而出错；be put into prison through no fault of his own 没有任何罪过被关进监狱。
[应用]汉译英
①听到这个消息，全国人民处于悲哀之中。 ②孩子们高兴地跳了起来。 ③由于大意他犯了这个错误。
Key:①At the news, the whole country was in deep sorrow.
②The children jumped up with joy.
③He made the mistake through his carelessness. at work; out of work; after work
这三个以work为中心词的介词短语，在意思和用法上均不相同。 (1)at work表示“在工作、在上班”，作表语或状语。例如：
They are both at work today.今天他们俩都在上班。 His father had an accident at work last week.上周的父亲在工作时出了事故。 (2)out of work表示“失业”，是介词短语，相当于lost one’s job或be unemployed。例如：
If you don’t work hard, you’ll be out of work.如果你不好好工作就会失业。
You’ll be out of work if you keep coming late.如果你老是迟到，你会失业的。 (3)after work表示“下班后”，作时间状语。例如： What do you usually do after work?下班后你经常干什么？
I visited Mr Liu after work yesterday.昨天下班后我看望过刘先生。 attempt
(1)n.尝试；企图。
①He made an attempt to learn to ski.他尝试着学滑雪。
②He failed in attempt at climbing up the mountain.他企图爬上这座山，却失败了。 涉进去。
①Warm clothing will keep the cold out.保暖的衣服可御寒。
②Keep out of their quarrels.不要参与他们争吵。 attention 短语
pay attention to sth. 注意某事
draw one’s attention(to sth.) 引起某人的注意 be worth one’s attention 值得某人注意
bring one’s attention to sth. 叫某人注意某事 average短语归纳
average 可用作名词，表示“平均数，一般水平”，也可作形容词，表示“平均的”。如：
the average of the pay 平均工资；above/below the average 平均以上/以下；
the average age of the girls姑娘的平均年龄； the average temperature平均气温； on(an,the)average平均起来 [应用]完成句子
①这个厂的工人平均每月收入700元。____ ______，one worker in this factory gets 700 yuan every month.
②他的功课一般以上。He is_________ _________ in his lessons.
Key: ①On, average ②above, average awake,wake
①awake用作及物或不及物动词，表示“叫醒，唤醒；醒来”；而wake表示相同意义时，必须与up连用，对比：
The noise awoke me./The noise woke me up. 嗓音把我闹醒。
She usually awakes at six in the morning./She usually wakes up at six in the morning.她通常早上6点醒。 注意：awake 不与up连用；wake up 的宾语是人称代词时必须置于两个词之间。误：wake up him正：wake him up
②awake 还可用作形容词，只用作表语或后置定语，不能用作前置定语。其反义词是 asleep.如： Is he awake or asleep?他睡着了还是醒着？
Anyone awake heard the sound.任何醒着的人都听到了那个声音。 注意：wide/fully awake 完全醒着；sound/fast/deeply asleep熟睡 [应用]完成句子
高考英语复习知识点概要
①他醒来时，他母亲在他的旁边。When he_______,his mother was beside him. ②我彻夜未眠，一直在考虑这个问题。I have lain_______all night thinking of the problem. ③他突然醒了，好象有人叫他的名字。He ______ _______suddenly,as if someone had called his name. ④她睡着的时候谁也叫不醒他。No one can_______ _______ ________when she is asleep. Key:①awoke ②awake ③woke up ④wake,her,up battle, war, fight, struggle war指战争的总体；battle指war中的战斗或战役；fight指具体的人与人之间或动物之间的争斗；struggle指长时间、激烈的争斗，多指肉体、精神上的战斗。对比： We have had two world wars in this century.本世纪已有两次世界大战。 They were wounded in the battle.他们在战斗中受了伤。 We have started a fight against pollution. 我们已开始了一场消除污染的斗争。 His life was a hard struggle with sickness.他一生跟疾病作了艰苦的斗争。 [应用]英译汉 ①in time of war ②be at war ③declare war on?④fight a battle ⑤give/offer battle ⑥have a hand-to-hand fight Key:①战时②交战，在打仗 ③对??宣战④打一仗挑战 ⑤肉搏战 伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词 He put a finger in his mouth, tasted it and smiled, looking rather pleased. 本句有三个并列谓语，looking 部分为伴随状语。 例题 1）He held up his finger ,_______ a face and nodded his head.A．making B. made 答案：B.此题有and ，需连接并列结构，所填词的形式应与前后保持一致。 2) He sat there in silence, _______sad and doing nothing.A. looking B. looked 答案：A.此题and 之后ing形式，其前面也应该用ing形式，而不能与前面的sat并列。 3)He sat there in silence ,______ nothing.A.doing B.did 答案：A.此题才是在逗号之后，需要伴随状误。 4)He set out early, ________ there on time .A.arriving B. and arrived 答案：B.此题两种选项从形式看都有可能，但根据意思看，“到达”并不伴随“出发”的动作，而是明显地有先有后。 5)He made a smile, _____ with the result. A. satisfying B. satisfied 答案：B.伴随状语可用现在分词也可用过去分词，此处表示“感到满意”的一种状态，而satisfying表示令人满意的，此时的satisfied是过去分词，而不是过去式。 be about to do sth. 正要、即将做某事。是将来时的一种表达方式，表示最近的将来。 ①I was about to go to bed when he called.我正要去睡觉，这时他打来了电话。 ②When I saw Tom, he was about to get on the bus.我看到汤姆，他正要上汽车。 注意：be about to 通常不用于带有具体时间状语的句子，但可用be going to 表示。 ①Hurry up! They are about to start.快点！他们就要走了。 ②Hurry up! They are going to start at 10 o’clock.快点！10点钟他们就要走了。 be ahead of 该词组有两层意思，一是“优于”，“超过”；二是“比??早”，“在??的前面”。如： He is well ahead of all the other students in English. be angry with sb.生某人的气。 be angry at/about sth.因某事而生气。 ①Don’t be angry with me for my being late?不要因为我迟到而生我的气。 ②What are you angry about?你生什么气？ ③He was angry at being kept waiting for so long.让他等了这么久，他很生气。 be certain…; be sure be uncertain about意思是“对??不确定（没把握）” uncertain的词根是certain,意思是“确信的，有把握的”，常用于以下结构： (1)be certain(sure) to do sth.“肯定会做??”（表示某事将要发生）。如： He is certain(sure) to come next Sunday. (2)be certain(sure) of/ about sth.“确信、有把握”（表示某个人的思想状态）。如： We are certain/ sure of victory. (3) 名词从句作主语时，一般多用 certain. It is certain that he will come. be different from与??不同 Your idea is different from mine. 你的想法和我的不同。
高考英语复习知识点概要
对比：make sb./ sth. different from使某人/某物不同于??
Her special accent makes her different from others. 她特殊的口音使她与众不同。 be familiar with,be familiar to
be familiar with的主语是有生命的事，意为“某人对人、事熟悉”；be familiar to 的主语是无生命的事物，意为“某人/事为某人所熟悉”，对比:He is very familiar with the names of plants in English.他很熟悉植物的英语名称。Suzhou and Hangzhou are familiar to many foreigners.苏州和杭州为许多外国人所熟悉。
I’m not familiar with European history./European history is not familiar to me.我对欧洲历史不太熟悉。 注意：be familiar with/to 还表示“精通、通晓” 如：French is as familiar to him as English.他对法语就象对英语一样精通。
[应用] 一句多译①这些事实是每个学生都熟悉的。②她精通4种语言。
Key:①These facts are familiar to every schoolboy./Every shoolboy is familiar with these facts.
②She is familiar with four languages./Four languages are familiar to her.
be filled with = be full of 充满，装满如：
The bottle is filled with water .瓶子里装满了水。 注意：Filled with courage , he went into the cave .此处filled 表示“充满了的”指处于一种状态。 比较：be crowded with 挤满的，与be filled with 有所不同。如：
The room is crowded with guests.房间里挤满了客人。 此外，fill作为动词可用其主动形式，亦可构成另外短语。如：
Fill the bottle with sand .把瓶子装满沙子。 Fill in the blanks .填空。
be full of?→be filled with?充满?
①The classroom was full of students.教室里挤满了学生。
②Her eyes were full of tears.她眼泪汪汪的。
be likely to 易于??；有可能的. 后跟动词不定式，往往用在一时的情形。
I shall be likely to catch cold if I go out tonight without my overcoat.如果今晚不穿大衣出去，我会感冒的。
Is that magazine likely to interest you? 那本杂志对你有吸引力吗？ be of?结构小结 (1)be of + 表示年龄（age）、大小（size）、颜色（color）、重量（weight）、高度（height）、价格（price）、意
见（opinion）、形状（shape）、种类（kind）和方法（way）等名词，说明主语的特征，of表示“具有”之意，有时可省去。例如：
They are both of middle height.他俩都是中等个儿。 When I was of your age, I was a teacher.当我是你这个年龄时，我当老师了。
These flowers are of different colors.这些花朵颜色不同。
Tom is of a different way of thinking.汤姆的思维方式与别人不同。
注意：此结构中，如果of后面的名词前有不定冠词a/an，则a/an=the same.例如：
The two boys are of an/the same age.这两个男孩同龄。
These bottles are of a/the same size.这些瓶子大小一样。
(2)be of + 物质名词，表示主语是由某材料制成或某成分构成，相当于be made of, be built of或be made up of等。例如：
The necklace is(made)of glass.这项链是玻璃制的。 The bridge is (built)of stone.这桥是由石头构筑的。 Our class is (made up)of over 50 students. 我班有50多个学生。
(3)be of + 抽象名词（如value, importance,use, help等），of表示“具有、具备”等意思，of不能省，这一结构相当于be+该抽象名词相应的形容词。例如：
They are of great help/ very helpful to learners of English.他们对英语学习者来说是很有帮助的。 In fact, sports and games can be of great value/very valuable.事实上体育运动是很有价值的。
The book is of no use/useless to us.这书对我们无用。It is of great importance/very important to study English.学习英语很重要。
因此，根据上述(1),(2)点可以看出，课文句中第一个be of 结构表示“具有”，第二个be of(承前省去be)表示“由??制成的”。全句汉语意思为：“硬币的大小、重量、形状可能各不相同，并由不同的金属制成。” be on
on 表明所处的状态，意为“为?工作，在??服务”可用be a member of, work for, belong to 替换。 I’m on the school team.我属于校队。
She is on Times newspaper.她在时代报社工作。 [应用]完成句子，上下句同意
①Which team do you belong to ?Which team______you_____?
高考英语复习知识点概要
②She is a member of the city team.She______ ______ the city team. Key: ①are,on ②is, on be out; put out be out 指“（灯、火）熄灭”，强调状态。 put out 意为“熄灭、扑灭”，强调动作。如： Is the fire out ?
Office workers tried to put out the fire, but it was impossible to control it.
be remembered as?作为??而被人们怀念 He will always be remembered as a national hero. be seated 意为“坐下”（=sit down）,是正式用语，而sit down是非正式用语。
如：Please be seated, ladies and gentlemen. be up to
to是介词，后接名词、代词或动名词。这一短语有以下几个常用意思：
（1）从事于、忙于，有时含有“密谋干坏事”之意。如：
What is he up to now?他现在在干什么？ He is up to no good.他没干好事。
（2）由??负责，常用It作主语。如：
It’s up to you to decide whether to go or not.是去还是不去由你决定。
It’s up to us to give them all the help we can.我们理应尽力帮助他们。
（3）胜任、适于。如：
He is not up to his work.他不胜任他的工作。 （4）直到、以至。如： up to now 直到现在
Between the hours of midnight and 6 a.m.，the hurricane crossed the southeast corner of England with winds of up to 160km/h.从午夜时分到清晨6点之间，飓风横扫英格兰的东南角，风速高达每小时160公里。 because;because of 二者均表示“因为”，区别是：
because是从属连词引导原因状语从句；而because of是一个合成介词，其后接名词、代词、动名词或what从句组成介词短语。如:
I went back not because of the rain,but because I was tired.我回去不是因为下雨，而是因为我累了。 Her face turned red because of what he said.他的话使她脸红了。
become experienced at对??有经验 experienced adj.有经验的，老练的 be experienced in He‘s very experienced in money matters. experience n.经验，体验（in(of)/doing）
My father has ten year‘s experience in teaching.
beeline n.两地之间的直线；捷径（指蜜蜂采蜜后径直飞向蜂房，这条路叫beeline）
（1）make a beeline for sb./sp.走近路；走直路；向??直行
As soon as the meeting was over, he made a beeline for the pub.会议一结束，他就直接上了酒吧。 If you want to catch up with them, you‘d better make a beeline for them.
如果你想赶上他们，你最好抄近路去。 （2）in a beeline 成直线地，笔直地
The pupils went to the museum in a beeline. 孩子们直接走向博物馆。
believe in（=trust/trust in）信赖；信任；信仰 Tom is honest. I believe in him. 汤姆很诚实，我信赖他。
He doesn’t believe in anybody in the world. 在这个世界上，他不相信任何人。
We believe in socialism. 我们信仰社会主义。 ①We believe in Marxism. ②You can believe in him.
③We believe in our government.
对比：believe sb.相信某人的话是真的。
I believe what he said this time though he often tells lies.尽管他经常撒谎，可这次我相信他的话是真的。 belong to属于 无被动结构，也不用进行时态。下列单词和词组也无被动形式：appear, disappear, happen, take place, break out等。
The house belongs to him.这所房子归他所有。The book belongs to my deskmate.这本书是我同位的。 besides
作为副词，意思是“还有，而且”（moreover），常放在句首。如：
I don ?t want to go out for a walk. Besides, I‘m feeling tired. beyond,prep.
（场所）在（向）??的一边，越过??，（程度）超出；（时间），超过（Δ常用于否定句）；除??之外，??以外。
①Go about 200 metres beyond the house and you will find the hotel on the left.
②I want to buy a bag beyond these clothes. blow
①用作动词，表示“吹风，刮风”。如：
blow hard(strongly)风刮得很大；blow away the
高考英语复习知识点概要
leaves吹走树叶；blow down(over)trees 把树刮倒；blow in much dust吹进灰尘；blow off one’s hat吹掉帽子；blow out the candle吹灭蜡烛；blow open(风吹)开；blow up爆炸 ②用作名词，表示“打击，一击”。如：be a great blow to sb.对某人是个巨大的打击；give sb.a heavy blow on the head重重地打某人的头。 【应用】完成句子
①他妻子之死对他是一大打击。His wife’s death was _______ _________ ________ ______him.
②我那顶帽子被风吹掉了。I _______my hat __________ ___________.
③风刮得厉害，门吹开了。The wind was ________ __________ and the door ________.
④战士们把敌人的大桥炸毁了。The soldiers __________ __________the enemy’s bridge.
Key:①a ,great, blow, to ②had, blown, off③blowing, hard, blew, open ④blew, up block
①用作名词，意为“块；街区；阻塞。”如： a block of ice/stone/wood 一大块冰/石头/木头；two blocks两个街区；a block in traffic/a traffic block交通堵塞。
②用作动词，表示“阻塞，阻拦”。如： be blocked by the heavy snow被大雪堵塞，block the entrance 堵塞入口；Block!(路标)此路不通！ 【应用】完成句子
①道路被人群挤得水泄不通。The road_______ _______with crowds of people.
②那家旅馆同这里隔着两条街。The hotel is __________ _________ __________.
③他们用石块将洞口堵住。They ________ (up)the entrance to the cave with big rocks.
④有人在妨碍我们实施计划。Someone is _________our plan.
Key:①was, blocked ②two, blocks,away③blocked ④blocking 倍数的表示法
1）?times as?as“??是??的几倍”；
Asia is four times as large as Europe.亚洲的大小是欧洲的4倍。
2）?times +形容词/副词比较级+that:
The new building is four times higher than the old one.新楼比旧楼高4倍。
3）?times+the size/height/length/depth+of?
The earth is 49 times the size of the moon.地球是月亮大小的49倍。
The ball is twice the width of our classroom.舞厅是我们教室宽度的2倍。 4）?times+what从句：
The production now is three times what it was ten years ago.现在的生产是10年前的3倍。 [应用]选择正确答案
①After the new technique was introduced,the factory produced_____tractors in 1988 as the year before.(MET‘90)
A．as twice many B.as many twiceC.twice as many D.twice many as
②The population of China is_____than that of America.
A.larger five times B.five times larger C.five times as D.as five times Key:①C ②B
begin(?)with?从??开始（?）
①Knowledge begins with practice.知识来自实践。 ②Let’s begin(this unit) with the words and expressions.咱们从单词和短语开始学（这个单元）。 besides/except/but
besides用作介词时,表示“除??以外还有”之意，即所除去的东西要包括在内。用作副词时，表示“此外，而且”
except表了“除??之外”所除去的东西不包括在内。
but只能用在no,all,nobody,anything,anywhere等词之后。
如：Besides knowing some Greek,she was fluent in Italian.她除了懂些希腊语之外，意大利语也说得很流利。
Do you play other games besides tennis?除网球之外，你还进行其他的运动吗？
It wasn’t a good hotel;besides,it was very expensive.这不是一家好旅馆，况且房价也很贵。
Harrison had thought of everything except the weather.哈利森什么事情都考虑到了，惟独没有考虑到天气。
Under the soil there is nothing except/but sand.土壤下面只有沙子。
比较级 + and + 比较级
more and more countries 越来越多的国家；fewer and fewer students越来越少的学生；less and less time 越来越少的时间；more and more beautiful越来越漂亮；get thinner and thinner 变得越来越瘦；fly higher and higher 飞得越来越高；run more and more slowly跑得越来越慢，become stronger and stronger 越来越强大; [应用]汉译英
高考英语复习知识点概要
①越来越多的人认识到学好一门外语的重要性。 ②飞机飞得越来越高直到看不见了。 Key:
①More and more people realize the importance of learning a foreigh language well.
②The plane flew higher and higher until it was out of sight.
表示“大约”
about,around,some,or so均可来表示“大约”。前三个词通常放在被修饰成分之前，而or so多置于其后。如：
about one hundred students大约100名学生； at around eight o’cloch在大约八点钟； some twenty years ago 大约二十年前； [应用]一句多用：这件设备重10吨左右。
Key:This piece of equipment weighs some 10 tons. This piece of equipment weighs 10 tons or so. This piece of equipment weighs about (around)10 tons.
表示“决心、决定做”的几个用法 1)decide to do 决定做
We decided to put off the trip to the U.S.我们决定推迟美国之行。
2)make a decision to do ：
He has made a decision to buy a new computer.他已决定买一台新电脑。
3)make up one‘s mind to do
The doctor made up his mind to go abroad for further education. 那位医生决定出国深造。 4)determine to do
We have determined to get the work done before National Day.我们已决定国庆节前完成这项工作。 5)be determined to do
He is determined to give up smoking.他决心戒烟。 6)decide that??(从句中动词用should + 动词原形)
We decided that we should widen the road.我们决定拓宽这条路。
[应用]一句多译：这位年轻科学家决心继续自己的研究。 Key:
The young scientist was determined to go on with his research./He determined to go on with his research./He
decided that he should go on with his research./He made up
his mind to go on with his research./He made a decision to go on with his research./He decided to go on with his research.
表示“宁愿、想要某人做某事” 下列句型均可表示“宁愿、想让某人作某事”：would like sb.to do sth.;would prefer sb.to do sth.;like sb.to do sth;want sb.to do sth.;would rather that sb.did sth. 对比：would like/love to do sth.喜欢、宁愿做某事；prefer to do sth.宁愿做；would rather do sth.宁愿做；would like/love not to do sth.不想做；would rather not do sth.宁愿不做??；prefer not to do sth.不想做；would rather do sth.than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事；p11refer to do sth.rather than do sth.宁愿做某事而不做某事。 [应用]①一句多译
我想让我儿子学医。②选择正确的答案
Little Jim should love_______to the theatre this evening. (MET‘92)
A.to be taken B.to take C.being taken D.taking Key:
I would like my son to study medicine./I‘d love my son to
study medicine,/ I would rather that my son studied medicine./ I like my son to study medicine./I want my son to study medicine./I would rather that my son studied medicine. ②A
表示态度、语气的短语归纳
generally speaking一般说来；strictly speaking严格说来；honestly speaking诚实地说来；personally speaking就我个人而言；exactly speaking准确地说来。to tell you the truth说实话；to be honest老实说；believe it or not信不信由你；judging from his appearance从他的相貌来说 [应用]完成句子 ①严格说来，加拿大英语和美国英语并不完全一样。_____ ____,Canadian English is not just the same as American English.
②老实说我不赞同你的想法。_______ _______ ________,I can’t agree to your idea.
③一般地说，青年人喜欢流行音乐。___________,young people enjoy pop music.
Key:①Strictly,speaking②To,be,honest③Generally, speaking
表示“没必要做某事”的4种句型 ①There be no need(for sb.) to do sth. ②It be not necessary(for sb.)to do sth.
③主语+don’t/ doesn’t/ didn’t have to do sth. ④主语+needn’t+动词原形
高考英语复习知识点概要
[应用]一句多译：我们没有必要再等了。 Key:There is no need for us to wait. It‘s not necessary for us to wait. We don‘t have to wait. We need not wait. 表示“祝愿”的几种句型
①名词短语（+to you）:Happy birthday to you! 祝你生日快乐。
Best wishes for Teachers’Day.祝教师节愉快。 ②All the best.祝万事如意。
All the best with your family.祝全家好。
All the best in your study/business.祝你学习/事业顺利。
③主语+wish+sb.+名词/形容词 I wish you happy.我祝你幸福。
We wish you greater progres.我们祝你取得更大进步。
④I hope+that 从句：
I hope you’ll enjoy being with us.我们希望你和我们在一起很高兴。
⑤部分祈使句也可表祝愿：
Remember me to your family.代我向你全家问好。 Send best wishes to him.向他问好。 break 小结
break 一词常用搭配有：
（1）break out(战争、火灾、争吵、瘟疫等)爆发 A big fire broke out in the city last week. (2)break away from 脱离
A carriage(车厢)broke away from the train. (3)break the law 违反法律
Who breaks the law will be punished by the law. (4)break in 破门而入；打断
He broke in to say that he was not interested in what I was talking about.
(5)break down 损坏；中断
Her fridge has broken down for a long time. (6)break off 打断；结束；暂停
They were arguing(争论)but broke off when someone came into the room. (7)break into闯入；侵入
Thieves broke into my house when I was out. break off
该短语动词的意思是“中断说话”，“暂时停止”。如：
He broke off in the middle of a sentence. break sth.off/break off sth. with sb. 前者意为“（使）折断”，后者意为“与某人突然断绝（关系）”。如： The mast broke off /was broken off when the ship
was moving.
break out(战争、火灾、疾病、瘟疫等的)爆发 ①The American Civil War broke out in 1861. ②Fire broke out in the neighbour last night. break out in (into)?忽然（做出）?? break out in laughter突然放声大笑 break in (强盗等)强行闯入
break into闯入；打碎（打破）成?? break up 分开，分割 bring短语归纳
bring down(风)刮倒，降低（降落）；bring up 养大，呕吐；bring about带来，引起；bring along捎来，带来，bring back 归还；bring out 拿出；bring in 赚（钱），带进，传入；bring on 端上（饭菜），引起（火灾），使??成长； [应用]副词填空
①He felt terribly ill and brought ______ what he ate. ②Surely the new railway will bring __ many changes in this less developed area.
③Next time you come to China, be sure to bring ______your friends.
④All the library books must be brought_______ before June20.
⑤Selling newspapers brings ______ enough money for my schooling.
⑥Enough water can bring the rice _______ . Key: ①up ②about ③along ④back ⑤in ⑥on bring/take/fetch(get)/carry
①bring向着说话人的地方“带来；拿来”。 ②take由说话人的地方“带走；拿去”。
③fetch(get)由说话人的地方“去拿来、带来”，指往返双程。
④carry“携带；搬运；运送”，无方向性。
bring in 把??拿进来；收获；赚入??；获利 They bring in one million dollars a year from their new company.
broadcast vt.;vi.广播;播放。过去式和过去分词均为broadcast。
①The BBC broadcasts every day.BBC每天都广播。 ②The news was broadcast on the radio.这个消息是收音机里播送的。 burst into tears
该动宾短语，理解的重点是不及物动词burst的意思及其分词或副词连用的结构形式和意思。 burst是及物动词或不及物动词，意为“（使）爆破”，“胀破”。如：
①He put too much air into the balloon and it burst.
高考英语复习知识点概要
②The funny joke made the children burst their sides with laughing.
burst由原意引伸出表示空发性的动作，意为“突然发生”，“突然发作”。常构成一些短语，如： burst into tears/laughter(突然大哭/大笑) burst into song(突然唱起歌来)
burst into angry speech（大发雷庭） burst into bloom(开花)
burst into view/sight（景象，奇观的）突然出现 burst into the room(闯入房间) burst out/forth laughing(捧腹大笑) burst out/forth crying（突然大哭）
如:On hearing the sad news, she burst into tears. Busy
be busy doing sth. 该结构意为“忙于做某事”。应注意的是be busy 后只能接动词-ing形式，不能接动词不定式to do,相同结构的形容词还有worth。如： ①He is busy writing his composition.
②She keeps busy working on a new novel these weeks.
③This book is well worth seeing.
but prep. 除?之外。与except同义，除了的部分与其他部分不在一个范围内，不具有一致性。except适用场合较多，but 主要用于带有nothing/nobody/no one/all 等不定代词的句子。 ①No one except/but you was late.除你之外没有迟到。（你迟到了）
②We all went to see a film yesterday evening except/but you.除你之外作天晚上我们都去看电影了。（你没去）
③That window is open except in winter .除冬天外那窗户一直开着。（冬天不开）另外，but后可接不不定式。如果句子前面有实义动词do及其变化形式时，不定式不带to; 否则不定式带to .
①I did nothing yesterday evening but watch TV.昨天晚上除看电视外我什么也没干。
②He had no choice but to leave.他只得离开。
注意：besides 也是介词，意为“除??之外（还有）”。除了的部分和其他部分在同一个范围内，具有一致性。
①We all went to see a film yesterday evening besides you.除你之外昨天晚上我们也都去看电影了。（你和我们都去了）
②Who is going there with Tom besides you? 除你之外还有谁和汤姆一起去？ but for
该短语介词意为“要不是??”，后接名词（=without + n.）,but for?短语相当于一个虚拟条
件句，因此，句中谓语动词用虚拟语气。如： The boy would have drowned but for your help.
如果接的是句子，but for要换用成but that?如： He would have helped us but that he was short of money at the time.(= if it had not been the fact that he was…) Buy
“我的金项链花了2500元”有多种译法：
by prep. 乘??。用来表示方式，其后的名词为单数，且不加冠词。 例如 by bike/bus/ car /taxi/train//road/railway/land/boat/ship/ water/ sea/ plane/air 但：“步行”用on foot.
注意：若表示交通工具的名词前有限定词，则将by 改作in 或on.
in one‘s/the car/ bus/plane etc. on the bike by name
该介宾词组的意思是“名叫??”；“凭名字”。如： ①He met a man, John by name. ②I knew him only by name.
by one’s first marriage 通过或由于某人的第一次婚姻
介词by有许多含义，在此处意为“通过”，相当于through。
He left by the first train. 他乘第一次列车离开了。
The electricity supply is operated by a switch.供电由一个开关控制。
by the age of/at the age of,by到??时为止。表示的是一段时间，句子通常用完成时态。 at在??时候。表示的是具体时间点，句子通常用一般时态。
①By the age of ten,he had learned to play the piano.10岁的时候，他就学会了弹钢琴。
②He was very clever.and at the age of 15 he went to college.他非常聪明，15岁时上大学了。
③By the end of this term,we’ll have learned 2000 English words.到本学期末，我们将学会2000个英语单词。
高考英语复习知识点概要
④At the end of this term,we’ll hold an English party.在本学期末，我们 将举行一次英语晚会. call 短语
动词.call所构成的短语很多，现将在中学课上的常出现的由call所构成短语的意义和用法列出。 (1)call at 指短期访问某地：顺便去某处。
We called at the park when we stayed in the city. 我们在那个城市时顺便去了那个公园。 (2)call on的意思“正式拜访某人”；此外，它还有“号召”之意。如：
They called on the famous scientist.他们拜访了那个著名科学家。
The Party calls on us to learn from Comrade Lei Feng.党号召我们向雷锋同志学习。 (3)call to“大声呼唤、招呼、呼求”。如：
They called to us for help. 他们向我们呼求援助。 (4)call for可作“要求、需要、提倡”，还可作“邀约”解。如：
This is a problem that calls for immediate solution.这是个要求立即解决的问题。 I’ll call for you then and we go there together.到时我来叫你，我们一起去哪儿。
(5)call in有“召来、召请、召进”之意。
You’d better call in a doctor.你最好请一位医生来。 (6)此外，call back有“叫回来、收回”之意；call off有“叫出去、叫走”之意；call after可作“追在后面叫喊”和“以某人的名字命名”之意。 can/may/must表推测的用法
can, may, must等都可用于表推测，但它们的含义和用法不同。
must语气最肯定，指“一定、必定”，只用于肯定句中。“must+动词原形”表示对现在情况的推测；“must + have + done ”表示对过去情况的推测。如：
Mum must be cooking supper now.妈妈现在一定在做晚饭。
He must have finished his work.他一定完成他的工作了。
May/might表示“或许，可能”。如：
Tom may go abroad next year.汤姆明年可能要出国。She might have finished the work.她可能已完成这项工作了。 He can’t know the answer.他不可能知道这个答案。 can/could表示“可能，会”，我用于否定和疑问句中。如：
Could she he at home?她可能在家吗？
can,表示一时的情况，意为“有时侯会??”。 can的这种用法，只用在肯定句中。如：
Children are lovely, but they can be tiring.
Training by yourself in a game can be highly dangerous. carry短语归纳
carry away拿走，带走；carry on(with)one’s work继续工作；carry on a struggle/fight 开展斗争；carry on a big business经营大生意；carry out a plan/order/promise/instructions/one’s duty/an experiment/advices/tests执行计划/执行命令/履行诺言/执行指示/履行职责/做实验/按建议办/进行试验；be carried up into space被发射升空。 [应用]介、副词填空
①It’s often easier to make plans than it is to carry them______.
②Let’s stop here. We’ll carry________ the conversation tomorrow.
③Carry the baby _______. It’s dangerous here. ④Rising costs made it hard to carry ________ the business.
⑤They decided to carry ________ though the weather was bad.
Key:①out ②on ③away ④on ⑤on carry out 搬出；进行，实行，执行 ①Would you please carry the chairs out? The plan should be carried out at once.
It was important to carry out the work quickly.赶快进行这些工作是重要的。
He did not carry out his promise to us. 对我们他没有实现他的诺言。 用out构成的短语：look out向外看，小心work out算出来，实行。
leave out遗漏，忽视 take/bring out拿出来 thinking out想出 hold out伸出，支持，抵抗到底 case用法小结
(1)名词case的词意 ①意为“情形、情况”。
If that’s the case, you’ll have to work much harder.如果是那种情形的话，你将不得不更加努力地工作。②意为“病例、案例”。
There were seven cases of cholera.有7起霍乱的病例。
The civil case will be heard in court next week. 这一案件将于下星期审理。 ③意为“箱、盒、容器”。
John bought a case of beer.约翰买了一箱啤酒。 (2)由case构成的短语
①in case意为“因为可能发生某事、以防万一”，
高考英语复习知识点概要
是介词短语，在句中作状语，常可置于句尾；也可用做连词，后跟that从句(that常省略)，表示条件或目的，从句谓语习惯用should+动词原形(should常省略)或陈述语气。
It may rain—you’d better take an umbrella(just)in case(it does).可能下雨——你最好带把雨伞，以防万一。
In case(=If)he arrives before I get back, please ask him to wait.
如果他在我回来之前到，请让他等一下。
He doesn’t dare to leave the house in case(that)he should be recognized.他不敢出门，生怕被认出来。 ②in that case意为“既然那样、假若是那样的话”，用来承接上文。
In that case, you wouldn’t have a pan on fire. You’d have a house on fire！ 要是那样，你就不光使锅着火，你还会把房子烧起来。
You don’t like the job? In that case why don’t you leave?你不喜欢这份工作？那你怎么不辞掉呢？ He may be late. In that case we ought to wait for him.他可能迟到，因此我们应该等他。 ③in any case意为“无论如何、总之”。
We have to help him to pay the debt in case.我们无论如何要帮他还债。
④in no case意为“在任何情形下决不、无论如何都不”，用于句首时句子要进行部分倒装。
In no case shall I forget the expression on her face.我决不会忘记她脸上的表情。
⑤in case of sth.意为“若发生某事、如果、假如”，是短语介词，后接名词、代词、 -ing形式作宾语。 In case of fire, ring the alarm bell.遇火警时立即按警铃。
In case of rain（=In case it rains）,they can’t go.要是下雨，他们就走不了了。
In case of his being absent, we’ll put off the meeting till next week.如果他缺席，我们就会把会议推迟到下周。
⑥in the case of意为“至于、就??来说”，是短语介词。
In the case of your debt, I’ll pay it off for you.至于你的欠款，我会替你还清的。 catch fire; on fire catch fire 意为“着火”，表示动作。on fire 意为“着火、在燃烧”，表示状态。如： Suddenly a pan of oil catches fire.
Soon the whole floor was on fire and it was impossible for people on the floors above to escape. cause n.（大家为之奋斗的）事业
Helping the poor is a worthy cause. 帮助穷人是一项有价值的事业。
World peace is the cause he works for. 世界和平是他为之奋斗的事业。
cause v.导致，引起
1）接名词：cause an accident/trouble/death/a fire/a serious illness/damage引起事故/惹麻烦/导致死亡/引起大火/导致重病/造成损害
2）接双宾语：cause sb.pain/trouble/damage给某人带来痛苦/麻烦/损害
3）接复合宾语：cuase sb. to do sth使某人做某事 The sound caused me to jump back. 那声音吓得我向后退。
[应用]完成句子
①什么使她改变了计划？
What _______ _______ ______ _______her plan? ②地震使所有的楼房倒塌了。
The earthquake ________ all the buildings ________ _______.
Key:①caused,her,to,change ②cuased,to,fall certain某（些），仅作形容词用法。 ①He didn’t come for a certain reason. ②A certain person called on me yesterday. ③She will do it on certain conditions. some 也可以作此意讲，但前面无冠词 ①He is living at some place in East Africa.
②I’ve read that story before in some book of other. chance
1)用于短语：
give sb.a chance给某人一次机会； have a chance to do sth.有机会做； miss a chance错过机会； lose a chance失去机会； 2)用于句型：
The chance is that?/ The chances are that?表示“有可能??”（句型中的The和That 可省略）。如： The chance is (that)she‘s already heard the news. 可能她已听到那则消息了。
Chances are that the new machine will arrive tomorrow.
新机器可能明天到。
3）后接of 或that从句表示“可能性”。如： He has no chance of winning the match.他不可能赢得这次比赛。
There is a chance that I will see him.我有可能见到
高考英语复习知识点概要
他。
[应用]一句多译： 那里有可能藏着蛇。
The chances are that there is a snake over there. There is a chance of a snake hiding there. There is a chance that a snake is over there. change one‘s mind
该动宾词组意为“改变主意”，其中mind常用单数形式。如：
If one always change one‘s mind, he succeeds in nothing.
check out清点；结账；核实；检查；开票提款 Ask him to check the information out for us.请他为我们核实一下信息。
We‘d better check the whole room out in case it has been bugged .
我们最好检查一下整个房间以免有蛀虫。 The trainees checked out all right. 这些培训学员完全合格。
She checked out 6000 dollars.她提款6000美元。 come true成为现实、实现
表示变化过程的系动词有：become,get,turn,而be表状态
区别：①He became(get,turned)angry when hearing the news.听到那消息他生气了。（从不??到生气） ②He was angry, because he heard some bad news. 他生气是因为听到不好的消息。 常用的单位量词
a piece of diary一则日记；a sheet of paper 一张纸；a suit
of clothes一套服装；an article of clothing一件衣服；a crowd
of people一群人；a basin of water 一盆水;a block of wood一块木头；a cake of soap 一块肥皂；a bottle of ink一瓶墨水；a grain of sand 一粒沙子；a group of tall trees 一片高树；a team of players一队运动员；a copy of China Youth 一分《中国青年》；a drop of oil 一滴油；a loaf of bread一块面包；a pack of cigarettes一包烟；a pair of socks一双短袜；a tin of beer一罐啤酒；a set of equipment一套设备；a bucket of water一桶水；a couple of eggs两个鸡蛋；a pile of old books 一堆旧书；a bowl of rice 一碗米饭；a handful of sand一把（少量的）沙 注意：上述单位量词本身具有复数形式，亦可被具体数字修饰，句中的谓语多用复数形式。 [应用]汉译英
①搬家时成堆的旧书被卖掉。 ②三条重要新闻刊登在头版。 Key:①Piles of old books were sold when we moved. ②Three pieces of important news were printed in the front page.
常用合成形容词构成形式；
(1) adj+n.+ed：cold-blooded冷血的middle-aged中年的simple-minded头脑简单的，纯朴的 The white-haired girl was named Xi‘er. 那个白毛女叫喜儿。
The milddle-aged woman is warm-hearted and is always willing to help others.
那位中年妇女是个热心肠，总是乐意助人 (2) n. +pres.p.（现在分词）：English-speaking说英语的man-eating吃人的
(3) n. + adj：snow-white雪白的world-famous世界闻名的
(4)num.（数词）+n.+ed：four-legged四条腿的nine-storeyed九层的
(5) n.+ past p.（过去分词）：man-made人造的 (6) adj.+ pres. p.：good-looking好看的 (7) adv. + past. P. ：well-known著名的 chief/ main
两者都有“主要的”、“首要的”之意，但有区别。 chief 主要用于人，表示“为首的，有最高地位或权力的”。
main一般说明事与物，可指某些具体的或抽象的东西。如：
He is the chief policeman. 他是警长。
This is our main teaching building. 这是我们的主教学楼。 clear
(1)用作形容词，表示“清楚的，明白的”。如： in a clear voice以清楚的声音；
be clear about sth.对??清楚，明白； be clear to sb.对某人来说很清楚；
make one’s meaning clear 说明自己的意思； 注意两个句型：A：make it clear that?声明，说明；B.It’s (was)clear that?很明显（清楚）??。 （2）用作动词，表示“清除，清理，使干净”。如： clear one‘s room/a table/a street/the desk 整理房间/收拾桌子/清扫大街/整理书桌；
clear away the dishes/waste把餐碟收走/把垃圾清除 （3）clear up 的三个意义： A.表示“清理，收拾，解决”。如：
The dustmen were busy clearing up the snow on the road.
清洁工正在清除路上的积雪。
This book has cleared up many problems for me. 这本书给我解决了许多难题。
高考英语复习知识点概要
B．表示“（天气）转晴”。如：
It‘s snowing now, but I think it will clear up soon. 现在正在下雨，但是我想天气很快会晴的。 C．表示“露出喜悦的心情”。如： Her face cleared up as she read the letter. 她看信的时候面露喜色。 ［应用］完成句子
①她对下一步干什么十分清楚。
She is _________ _________what to do next. ②很清楚敌人是不会放弃他们的计划的。
________ _______ _______that the enemy wouldn‘t give up their plan.
③他明确表示他要离职。
He _________ _________ ________that he would leave office.
④在离开办公室以前，请把你的桌子整理一下。 _________ ________your desk before you leave the office.
Key:①clear,about ②It, is, clear ③make , it clear ④Clear,up
clear up（天气）放晴，使明了，收拾整理，解决，了结
The sky cleared up just after the rain. 雨过天晴。 Don’t expect me to clear up after you. 别期望我在你后面收拾东西。（收拾不要的东西）
The police haven’t cleared up the murder case. 警察还没查清那件谋杀案。
His face cleared up as she heard the news.(引申义) 听到这个消息她脸上露出喜悦之情。
对比：clean up打扫干净，整理，获利，赚钱 The students cleaned up the classroom after class.（打扫干净）下课后学生们打扫教室。 cloth; clothes; dress
cloth指做衣服等用的“衣料、布”。一般作不可数名词。如:
I put a piece of wet cloth around my face and lay on the floor for about two hours.
注：用于表达特殊用途的布，如“桌布、抹布”等时，cloth用做可数名词。如： He washed a table cloth just now. clothes意为“衣服”，总是以复数形式出现，泛指身上穿的各部分衣着，包括上衣、裤子、内衣、背心等。如:Look at these clothes. They are on Mrs Green’s clothes line. 注意： （1）“一件衣服”不可说 a clothes, 应说 an article of clothing;“一套衣服”可说a suit(set) of clothes. (2)clothes 前不可直接用数词修饰，如不可说three clothes.
(3)clothes 前可用these, those, the, many, few修饰，口语中可用much, little修饰。
(4)chothes作主语时，谓语动词只能用复数形式。 dress 可用于可数和不可数名词，用于可数名词时，常指妇女、儿童服装、内衣或外衣等公共场合穿的衣服。用于不可数名词时，统指“衣服”。该词可作动词，意为“给??穿衣”。如： What colour is Mrs Green‘s dress?
He could not wash himself or get dressed. combine; connect; join; unite 此组动词意为“联合、连接”。 combine意为“结合、联合”，指为了某一目的而把两事物结合在一起。如：
We must combine theory with practice.我们必须把理论和实践联系起来。
He combines botany with chemistry.他把植物学和化学联系起来了。 connect“连接”，指用东西把两事物连接在一起，或两事物直接相连，二者仍保持原状。
The two cities are connected by a railway. 两座城市由铁路相连。
He connected the gas stove with gas pipe.他把煤气和接在煤气炉上。 join意为“连接”，指以线、绳、桥等把两物或两地连接在一起，和connect意思相近，也可指两物互相紧密相接。如：
We had better join the island to the mainland with a steel bridge.我们最好建一座钢筋桥把这个岛与大陆连接起来。
Where does this stream join the Changjiang River?这条河和长江在哪里会合？ unite意为“联合”，指两种以上的事物结合为一体，有合二为一的意味，强调结合后的统一性。
The two companies will unite into one.这两家公司将合并成一家。
The whole family united to help him.全家齐心协力帮助他。
come about: happen 产生；发生。相当于不及物动词，和happen, take place一样无被动语态。
①How did this accident come about ?这事故怎么发生的？
②I don’t know how the quarrel came about.我不知道怎么发生的争吵。
come across=meet with(meet?by chance/accident)无意中碰到，找到，想到
Perhaps I shall come across him somewhere in the
高考英语复习知识点概要
park.
也许我会在公园的某个地方遇到他。 He came suddenly across an idea. 他突然有了一个好主意。
come down下来，流传下来，倒塌，没落，病倒，减价
The song comes down to us from the 10th century.（流传下来）
这首歌是从10世纪流传到我们这一代的。
The roof of the house came down during the night. 我听说计算机要降价。 come out
come out是本单元需要掌握的一个重点词语，现在我们对它们的用法作一比较全面的了解。 (1)come out(= be published)出来；出版
I’ll let you have a copy of my book as soon as it comes out.我的书一出版我就送你一本。 (2)come out (= to bloom)长出；发芽；开花；（使）开花；（使）繁盛
Spring comes, the trees turn green and flowers come out.春天来了，树变绿了，花儿开了。 (3)come out (= to appear)出现；出来
Ever since then, the bat comes out only at night.从那时起，蝙幅只在晚上出来。
(4)come out(= to win?)获得（名次）
I came out first in the examination.我考试得了第一名。
(5)come out(= to become known)传出，公之于众；（秘密）泄露
The truth will come out some day.总有一天会真相大白的。
(6)come out (= to be seen, as in a photograph)（在相片等中）显示；被看见
Mary always comes out well in photos.玛丽总是很上相。
(7)come out (= to be developed)冲印；冲洗
The boss said that the photos had been come out for a long time.老板说照片已经冲印出来很久了。
(8)come out (= to be removed; disappear)去掉；消失 Would you please help me to make the ink in my shirt come out?你能帮我把衬衣上的墨水渍去掉吗？
(9)come out (to be on strike; to refuse to work)罢工 The workers came out for a pay raise.工人们为增加工资而罢工。
(10)come out (= to end in the stated way)后来发现；结果是
The answer to the question came out wrong.这个问题的答案后来发现是错误的。
(11)come out (= to express clearly)(意思)表达清楚 The meaning of his speech did not come out well.他讲话的意思不很清楚。
(12)come out (= to be counted)算出来；总计
The total expense（花费）comes out at 5000 yuan.总开支达五千元。 come to light 发现，暴露（= be discovered / exposed /found out / be brought to light）
Much more new evidence has come to light(has been discovered/has been exposed/has been brought to light),so the judges have to sentence the man to death.
新的证据不断被发现，所以法官们不得不判这个人死刑。
When the old woman died, it came to light that she was actually very rich.
老太婆死后，人们才发现她其实很富有。 common adj.共同的；一般的；公共的
A great interest in music was common to them.他们对音乐都有共同的强列的兴趣。
The common people in those days suffered a lot.当时一般民众生活都很苦。
We work for the common good.我们为了公共利益而工作。
common ,ordinary
二者都有“普通的，平常的”的意思，但侧重点不同。ordinary侧重表示“外表平凡，平平常常”；而common指“普遍存在，经常碰到”。对比： in ordinary dress穿着平常的衣服； in an ordinary way以通常的方式；
an ordinary – looking man相貌平常的人； an ordinary event平常的一件事； common excuse常用的借口；
common knowledge常识；common people普通人，老百姓；
have a bathroom in common合用洗澡间。 [应用]完成句子
①那是一首普通的舞曲。It was a piece of______dance music.
②这种天气在南方是很常见的。This sort of weather is quite _________in the south.
③这弟兄两个没有什么共同之处。These two brothers have nothing ________ _________. Key:①ordinary ②common ③in common communicate v. （1）vt.传达，传送，传染
communicate information/feelings/news?to sb.把信息、感情、消息??传递/传达给某人
高考英语复习知识点概要
I’ll communicate the news to you directly. 我会直接把消息传达给你。 (2)vi.通讯，通话
communicate with sb.(by)用??与某人联络/沟通
We communicate with each other by telephone/letter. 我们用电话/信件彼此沟通。 拓展：communication n.[u]通讯[c]消息pl.通讯系统 Radio and television are important means of communication. 收音机和电视机是信息交流的重要工具。
Communications satellite helps the human a lot in many ways . 通讯卫星在很多方面对人类有很大的帮助。
complete, finish
二个词都有“完成”之意，但complete更突出使一切完备、没有欠缺、多指完成工程、设计等。而finish是一般用语。常用短语有：complete the work完成工作；complete the new railway 修完铁路；complete one’s collection of stamps完备集邮；finish one’s homework/middle school/writing the article 完成作业/中学毕业/写完文章。
注意：complete还可用作形容词，意为“完全的，彻底的、完成了的”。completely 是副词，“完全地、彻底地”。如：a complete sentence/strange/success/failure完整的句子/完全陌生/完全成功/彻底的失败。This job is completely new to me.这项工作对我来说是完全陌生的。 [应用]单句改错
①You have to finish to read the whole passage in five minutes.
②Professor Smith has been complete successful in working out the problem.
Key:①改to read为reading,因为finish后只能接动名词。②改complete为completely。 congratulate v. 祝贺，庆贺
常用短语：congratulate sb. on / upon sth. / doing sth.为某事向某人祝贺
congratulate oneself that?因??而自己庆幸 congratulations常用于祝贺语，后可接on，也可单独用。
I‘d like to congratulate you on your success. 对你的成功我表示祝贺。
I’d like to offer my congratulations on your success. 对你的成功我表示祝贺。
You really should congratulate yourself on your appearance.
(= You really should congratulate that you are so handsome.) 你真该为自己的外表而庆幸。 对比：celebrate sth.庆贺某事
We’ll celebrate the New Year with a dance party. 我们将举行跳舞晚会以庆贺新年。
拓展：in celebration of?庆祝?? hold a celebration举行庆祝（会） congratulate, congratulations
①congratulate是动词，作“祝贺、庆祝”解时，必须以被祝贺的人作宾语，构成：congratulate sb. on sth./doing sth.表示“祝贺某人??”。另外：congratulate oneself表示“庆幸，感到幸运”。如： We congratulated him on his success/his having succeeded.
我们祝贺他的成功。
I congratulated myself on having escaped unhurt. 我因自己幸免于难而感到幸运。 ②congratulation是名词，多用作复数形式。注意下列用法：
Congratulations!（单独使用）祝贺你！
Congratulations on your success对你的成功我表示祝贺。
Congratulations to everybody!祝贺大家！
Please accept my congratulations on your birthday. 请接受我对你的生日祝贺。 [应用]选择正确答案
We offered him our congratulations him passing the college entrance exams.(MET‘93) A. at B. on C. for D. of connect连接，把??联系起来
(1)vt. The road connects London and Edinburgh. 这条路把伦敦和爱丁堡连在一起。 The two cities are connected by a canal. 这两座城市由运河连在一起。
A good student must connect what he reads with and what he sees around him.
一个好学生必须把他所读的与所见的联系起来。 (2)be connected with与??有关系；与??有亲戚关系
She is connected with the Smiths. 她与史密斯家有亲戚关系。 对比：join?to?
Every family is joined to the world by Internet. 每个家庭由网络与世界联系在一起。 connect vt.; vi.连接；联系。
①He connected the two speakers to (with)the recorder.他把两个喇叭同录音机相连。
②Many people connect China with the Great Wall.许多人把中国与长城联系在一起。
高考英语复习知识点概要
consider用法小结
consider是个很常用的动词，其意义不同，句型结构也不同。我们在学习中要特别注意。
（1）作“仔细考虑、深思熟虑”解，consider可作不及物动词或及物动词。
作及动词时，后可接名词、代词、动名词作宾语，不能接动词不定式，但可以接疑问词+不定式，相当于宾语从句。例如：
Consider carefully before you decide.你要慎重考虑后再做决定。
They considered your suggestion.他们仔细考虑了你的建议。
He is considering studying abroad.他在考虑出国留学。
We are considering how to help them.我们在考虑如何帮助他们。
（2）作“将??视为、认为、以为”解。
①可用consider+名词+（to be）名词（形容词）或consider+名词+as+名词（形容词）结构，但当不定式为行为动词时，不能省略，不可用于进行时。这样用时相当于that引导宾语从句。例如：
He considers himself(to be)clever(=as clever).=He considers that he is clever.他认为自己很聪明。 I consider him(to be)my closest friend(as my closest friend).=I consider(that)he is my closest friend.我把他视为我最亲密的朋友。
He is considered to have invented the first computer.他被认为是最早发明计算机的人。
②还可用于consider+it(形式宾语)+形容词+不定式结构。例如：
I consider it wrong for students to smoke.我认为学生抽烟是不对的。 consider的用法：①You should consider the question.你应该考虑这个问题。 ②跟从句
He began to consider when he would get married他开始考虑什么时侯结婚的事情。 ③跟疑问词 + to do sth.
He is considering how to get there in time.他正想怎么能及时赶到那儿。 ④跟动名词
Who considers answering the question?谁正在考虑回答这个问题？ ⑤为??着想
He always considers others before himself他常先为别人着想。
⑥名词为：consideration(不可数)
take sth. into consideration把??考虑在内 If you want to go on holidays in Beijing,you should take the cost into consideration.
如果想到北京去度假，你应该考虑费用问题。 content
(1)n.内容；目录
He always reads the contents of a book first of all.他读书总是先从目录看起。 （2）adj.满足的；甘心的
Are you content with your work?你对你的工作满意吗？
（3）vt.使（某人）满足。
The little boy contented himself with a new toy.那男孩有了新玩具就满足了。 continue v.继续
They rain continued for three days.雨连续了3天。 They continued their game after lunch. 他们午饭后继续比赛。
He continued writing /to write late into the night. 他继续写作到深夜。
The weather continued cold.天气持续寒冷。 cover盖上；掩盖；占据（时间）（空间），走过（路程）；采访。
①My mother covered the baby with a blanket.
②She tried to cover the fact that she had been to the place.
③I’m covering the accident. create; invent; discover
三者含义相近，但用法不同： （1）create“创造、创作”，指产生出新的东西，其对象往往是精神上的，如艺术、文学作品中的人物及新的科学领域等。例如：
Shakespeare created many famous characters.莎士比亚创造了许多有名的人物。 （2）invent“发明”，指创造出原来自然界不存在的东西，如工具、方法、手段、灯泡、汽车、电视、合成材料等。例如：
who invented the telephone?谁发明了电话？
He invented a new teaching method.他发明了一种的教学方法。
（3）discover指“发现或找到”某种自然界本来已存在，但以前未被人类发现或认识的事物，如发现元素、电、煤、石油、铁等矿藏以及新星、星系或科学真理等。例如：
I discovered an unopened letter in the drawer.我在抽屉里发现了一封未拆的信。
高考英语复习知识点概要
crowd
crowd 可用作名词，表示“人群，群”；用作动词，表示“群集，拥挤”。如:
a crowd of children一群孩子；crowds of books 成堆的书；a cheering crowd 欢呼的人群；crowd into 挤进；crowd in 拥入；crowd round围在??的周围；a crowded city/train拥挤的城市/火车；be crowded with 挤满、塞满 [应用]汉译英
①很多村民从大门拥入，院子里很挤。 ②大厅里挤满了学生。
Key:①Many villagers crowded in through the gate and the yard was crowded.
②The hall was crowded with students. cut短语归纳 1）用作动词： get one’s hair cut理发；cut a loaf of bread in two 把一块面包一切为二；cut a figure in stone 雕刻石像；cut the price 降价；cut the article 删节文章；cut down trees 伐树；cut down on smoking减少吸烟；cut in 插嘴，插入，cut in with a few words插嘴讲几句话；cut off a corner切掉一角；cut off electricity切断电源；cut off three sentences删去三个句子；cut out切掉，删掉;cut out the last part of the play把剧本的最后一部分删掉；cut?open切开。 2) 用作名词：the cuts on one’s arms 臂上的伤口：make big cuts削减，降价 [应用]介、副词填空
①Big cuts have been made____the prices of medicine.
②The strong wind cut_____the electricity of the whole city.
③The chairman spoke so fast that nobody could cut____.
④All the trees were cut_____.They will have to answer for their foolish action Key:①in ②off ③in ④down date back to / date from 追溯到（某个时期），起始于（某个时期），从??时候就存在
The tower dates back to 1173. 这座塔起始于1173年。
The old church dates from the first century A.d. 这座古老的教堂起始于公元1世纪。
My interest in stamp collecting dates from my schooldays.
从学生时代起，我对集邮就开始感兴趣。 day by day一天天地 day after day日复一日，一天又一天
①Day by day he seems to grow a little stronger. ②I have to do this work day after day. deal with,do with
1)二者都可表示“对付，应付，处理，安排”，但deal是不及物动词，可与how连用；而do是及物动词，只与what连用表示上述意义，不能单独使用。对比：We don’t know what to do with the waste materials./We don’t know how to deal with the waste materials.
我们不知道怎样处理这此废料。
What‘s the best way of dealing with thieves? 对付小偷最好的办法是什么？
（此句中的deal with不可替换成do with） 2)deal with还可表示“论述，涉及到；与??相处”等意义，而do with 无此用法。如：
The books dealing with Asian problems sell well in colleges.论述亚洲问题的书在大学里很畅销。 That man is easy to deal with.这个人容易相处。 [应用]完成句子
①你是怎么处理这类事情的？
_________did you deal with matters of this sort? What did you ________ _________matters of this sort?
②我们要处理的棘手事太多了。
There are too many difficulties for us to _________ ______.
Key:①How/ do,with ②deal, with delight
to one‘s delight
该词组意为“使某人高兴”，还可以表达为“to the delight of sb.”。
能这样表达的还有to one’s joy,to one’s surprise,to one’s sorrow等。如：
To my shame, I completely forgot our date. demand
①当可数名词“要求”用
We refused his unreasonable demands.我们拒绝了他的无理要求。 ②当不可数名词用
There is a great demand for typists but(a)poor demand for clerks.打字员很抢手但是办公室职员几乎没人需要。 ③当动词用：demand+名词、代词、从句或to do sth.如：
They demanded the right to do things they like. 他们要求有做自己喜欢做的事情的权力。
The lady demanded to see our headmaster.那个女士
高考英语复习知识点概要
要求见校长。
He demanded that we (should)try to finish our work on time.他要求我们按时完工。
宾语从句用虚拟语气形式，主+should+动原?? ④demand问
“How old are you?‖he demanded. 他问我“你多大啦？”
depend on(=rely on)依靠；依赖；以??而定；取决于??。如：
①Whether you will succeed or not depends on how hard you
work.你是否成功得看你努力的程度。
②I don’t want to depend on my parents any longer.我不想再依赖父母了。
destroy t.毁坏；破坏；毁灭。
①Don’t destroy the box .It may be useful.不要弄坏这个盒子，可能还有用。
②The whole building was badly desdtroyed by the fire.整幢楼房都被大火严重烧毁了。 determine v.
（1）决心、决定，其后可接动词不定式、从句或on引导的短语。如：
We determined to get the work done before October 1.我们决定在“十一”之前完成这项工作。 She determined to go that very afternoon.
Have you determined where you’re going to spend the summer vocaion?你决定在哪儿过暑假了吗？ They determined on an early start.他们决定早动身。 He has determined on going home next week.他决定下周回家。 （2）使??决意，后接不定式或介词短语作宾补。如：
What determined you to accept the invitation?什么原因使你接受这个请帖？
The situation determined him against further delay.形势使他决定不再拖延。
（3）be determined(to do sth.)下定决心；有决心，后接不定式或从句。如：
He was determined to study English well.他下决心把英语学好。
I was determined not to follow their advice.
We were determined that we should never allow such things to happen again.我们决定绝不允许这类事情再次发生。
（注意从句运动用should + 动词原形）] determine to do sth.决定（心）做??
I left him,determined never to set foot in that house again. devote?to?把??献给，把??用在 devote oneself to?致力于，献身于
be devoted to?专心致志于，献身于，忠于 ①Mary devotes too much time to eating.
②He has devoted his whole life to benefiting mankind.
③He devoted himself entirely to music.
④He was still devoted to the study of chemistry. ⑤He is very devoted to his wife.
die out 熄灭；绝种；逐渐消失。如： ①The fire died out .火灭了。 ②That talkative man’s voice died out.那个健谈的人的声音渐渐地听不见了。
2.the + 形容词（分词）表示一类人的用法。 常见的短语有：
the old(young; rich; poor; learned; living?).如： The living should carry out what the dead unfinished. 活着的人（后人）应该把前人未竞事业进行到底。 3.no more than①(=noly)仅仅，不过。②两者都不。如：
①What can I do, I’m no more than a citizen. 我能怎么样，我只不过是个平民百姓。
②Tom is no cleverer than Jack.汤姆和杰克都不聪明。
但是：not more than 表示A 不如B（??）或不超过。如；
①My English is not better than yours. 我的英语不如你的好。
②I think you are not more than twenty years old. 我想你不满二十岁吧。 diet; food
两者都可作“食物”解。diet指的是习惯上吃的食物或规定要吃的食物，特指维持健康的定量或定质的食物，如病人的疗养饮食。food是一般用语。凡能吃喝的具有营养的东西都可称food.例如： The Chinese diet is considered to be the healthiest in the world。中国的饮食被认是世界上最健康的饮食。Proper diet and exercise are both important to health.适当的饮食和锻炼对健康都很重要。
He is on a special diet to lose weight.他服用特别饮食以减肥。
The doctor put him on a liquid diet after operation.手术之后医生规定他吃流食。
They eat different kinds of food which change into energy.他们吃的各种各样的食物都转化成能量。 His food includes eggs, vegetables, fruit and some soft drinks.他的食物包括鸡蛋、蔬菜、水果和一些软饮料。
高考英语复习知识点概要
dip into 蘸进；随便翻阅；稍稍研究
I haven‘t read that book properly. I‘ve only dipped into it.
我没有好好读那本书，仅随便翻阅一下。 I‘ve only dipped into politics. 我对政治研究不深。 discover
discover sth.发现某物；discover oneself暴露自己的身份；discover sb. doing sth.发现某人在做某事;discover sb./sth.to be?发现某人（物）??；discover + that 从句发现??常用搭配：discover one’s mistake/an island/the truth发现自己的错误/一座岛/事实的真相 [应用]完成句子
①我们发现他是一位出色的舞蹈家。
We ____her _____ ____ a good dancer./We _____ that_____ ____a good dancer. ②有人发现她在偷东西。
Someone ______ ______ ______ things./Someone discovered that
______ ______stealing things.
Key:①discovered，to, be/discovered, she, was ②discovered,her,stealing/she,was distance n.距离；远处
When they finish their talk, the two may be quite a distance from the place where they were standing.当谈话结束时，两个人离他们原来站的地方可能有相当一段距离了。
The waterfall can be heard at a distance of two miles. 在两英里外就能听到这瀑布声。
Hills are blue in the distance.远处的山呈蓝色。 The lion looks dangerous, so I decide to keep a distance away from it.狮子看起来很危险，所以我决定离它远点儿。
What‘s the distance between Beijing and Shanghai? 北京到上海之间的距离是多少？ disturb,interrupt disturb有“打扰，扰乱，使（人）心神不宁”之意。如：disturb the sleeping child/one’s plan/the piblic peace 打扰睡觉的孩子/打乱计划/扰乱社会治安；be mentally disturbed精神上受到影响；be disturbed about 对??感到不妥。 对比：interrupt 有“打断，打扰”之意，侧重打断。如：Don’t interrupt me while I’m busy.我忙的时候不要打扰我。 [应用]完成句子
①她获悉母亲得急病后感到心神不安。
She was________ ________ her mother‘s sudden illness./She
was________ _______hear of her mother‘s sudden illness./She was________ ________ the news of her mother‘s sudden illness.
②不要打断那位演讲者，他讲完再问你的问题。 Don‘t _________ the speaker;ask your question after the meeting.
Key:①disturbed, about/disturbed,to/disturbed, by ②interrupt
do all sb.can to do sth.:do what sb.can to do sth.尽某人的所能做某事
all 后面为that 所引导的定语从句，that在从句中作宾语已被省略；can后面为避免重复省略了do;后面的to do sth.为不定式（短语）作目的状语。all(that)sb.can(do)相当于宾语从句what sb.can(do)。 ①I’ll do all I can to help you.我将尽力帮助你。 ②He did all he could to improve his spoken English. 他尽了最大努力来提高英语口语水平。 Do give her my regards.请一定代我她问好。
助动词 do 及其变化形式可在肯定句中用来强调动词，意为“务必；一定；的确；真的”,加强了句子的语气。
①Do be careful! 一定要小心 ② I do like you.我真的喜欢你。
③She does work very hard.她学习确实很努力。 ④—Why didn’t you tell him?你为什么不告诉他？ —I did tell him.我告诉他了。
do sb. a favour或do a favour for sb.给某人帮个忙，如果有to do sth.则常用。 do sb.the favour to do sth.如：
①I wonder if you can do me a favour?我不知道你能不能帮我个忙？（没有说干何事）
②Please do me the favour to open the door, I want to go out.
麻烦你给我开一下门，我要出去。 do up 收拾（东西）。整理、梳装打扮、系（扣）好??
①He was so hurried that he did up his buttons wrongly.
他太着急了以致于扣错了纽扣。
②She spent a long time doing up her hair.她花了很长时间把头盘起来。 Do you think so?
①“so”用于避免重复前面所说过的内容，等于代替肯定的名词性从句，可与
高考英语复习知识点概要
believe,do,expect,fear,guess,hope,say,speak,suppose, think等及It appear?,It seems和I’m afraid连用。 “Will they go to see him?‖
“I believe so.(?I believe[that]they will go to see him.)‖
②表示否定时，用not代替so,但在believe,suppose,think等动词之后，如I don’t think(believe,suppose)so等，通常仍可与so连用。 ③不能和表示确信、疑问的词语连用。 I doubt about it.(√) I doubt so.(×)
do walking 步行。“do + 动名词”结构表示“干某事，有较灵活的译法。
do reading(读书)/washing(洗衣服)/cooking(做饭)/shopping(买东西)/cleaning(打扫除)等。 Do what I told you to . Don‘t be late again.
Make sure the door is shut. 让对方做或不做某事时 dozens of几十；许多。
①She bought dozens of dresses.她买了许多衣服。 ②I’ve borrowed dozens of books for my daughter.我为女儿借了许多书。 doubt v.& n.怀疑，不相信 n.
of?对??（抱）怀疑或悲观（态度）
doubt 从句在否定句及疑问句中多跟that 引起的从句，在肯定句中多跟
whether(if)引起的从句。 ①I doubt the truth of this report.
②They have never doubted of success. ③I don’t doubt that you are honest. ④Can you doubt that he will win? ⑤I doubt if that was what he wanted. 该词作名词时有以下短语
beyond(all)doubt毫无疑问；in doubt怀疑，犹豫，不肯定；no doubt肯定地，想必；without doubt毫无疑问，一定地
①The truth of the story is beyond doubt. ②I was in doubt about what to do.
③No doubt I learned a lot from that lecture. ④Without doubt these theories were all wrong. dream vi.做梦，迫切希望
As he slept, he dreamed a dream. 他睡觉时做了一个梦。
W e dream of peace.我们梦想和平。 拓展：dream a pleasant/sweet/horrible dream 做好梦/甜梦/噩梦 live a happy/quiet/hard/normal life 过幸福/平静/艰苦/正常的生活
die a glorious death死得光荣
Do you dream at night?你晚上做梦吗？ dream of??多用于否定句中，“做梦也没想到，从未想到过”
I never dream of getting so much money. 我从未幻想过得到这么多钱。 Dream+从句
We never dreamed that the film was so long. 我们怎么也没想到这部电影这么长。 dream of迫切希望、渴望。
People all over the world are dreaming of peace. 全世界人民都渴望和平。
dreamy(adj.)模糊的，梦幻般的 I don’t believe your dreamy words.我不信你的梦语。动词 + about
read about读到有关的内容；know about了解；learn about得知有关??；hear about 听说过；forget about 忘记有关??；talk about 谈论；argue about争论；chat about闲谈；tell about讲述有关??；think about考虑；write about写有关的??；joke about拿??开玩笑；worry about为??担心。 [应用]汉译英
①我已在报纸上读到了有关这次事故的情况。 ②这件事我几乎忘了。 Key:①I’ve read about the accident in the newspaper. ②I almost forget about this matter. 动词+at
动词+at, 其中的at多表示“目标，方向”。如： shout at朝??喊；laugh at 嘲笑；throw at 朝??扔；shoot at朝??射击；point at指着；aim at瞄准；call at拜访；stare at盯着；glance at一瞥；take a look at 看一眼；pull at 拉，扯；arrive at到达；come at 朝??起来；tear at撕，扯 [应用]完成句子
①别对那孩子大声嚷嚷，你吓坏她了。
Don‘t ________ ________ the girl. You frightened her.
②他被朋友们嘲笑了。
He _________ _________ _________ by his friends. Key:①shout, at ②was, laughed, at 动词不定式的省略 为了避免重复，我们常常把作宾语、宾补和谓语动词的一部分的不定式省略，只保留动词不定式的符号to。现将常见省略不定式的几种情况通过实例加以简析，供大家参考：
(1)—How about coming to my house?
高考英语复习知识点概要
—I‘d love to if it doesn‘t give you so much trouble. 在hope, like, love, promise, want, wish等词后作宾语的不定式常省略。再如： You may go if you want to.
She can get a job if she hopes to.
—How about going hunting with me tomorrow? —I‘d like to, but I have no time.
（2）Don’t close the window until I ask you to. 在allow, ask, tell 等词后作宾语补足语的不定式常省略。再如：
Don‘t touch the light unless your mother allows you to.
Don‘t plant potatoes until the peasant tells you to. （3）He didn’t want to hand in his composition, but he had to.
在be able to, be going to, have to, need to, enough to, used to等后的不定式需省略。再如： I don‘t sing much, now, but I used to a lot.
If you don‘t want to say anything at the meeting, you don‘t need to.
She didn‘t go out last night, because she was afraid to.
在afraid, glad, happy, pleased, sorry等词后作状语的不定式常省略。再如：—Will you go with me to see the film tonight? —I‘ll be glad to. 动词 + off短语
fly off 飞走；go off 离开；take off 脱下，起飞；run off 跑开；fall off 掉下；turn off 关上；get off 下来；drive off 驶离；hurry off 匆忙离开；keep off 离开，勿靠近；pay off 还清（债）put off 推迟；send off驱逐；set off 出发，动身；throw off 扔掉，匆忙脱衣；ring off 挂断电话； [应用]完成句子
①此处很危险，让孩子们离开。
It‘s dangerous here.______ ______ the children. ②火车刚到，一大群人正在下车。
The train has just come in, with crowds of people_____ ______it.
Key:①keep ,off ②getting, off 动词 + up
go up(物价等)上涨，上升；build(up)one’s health使身体强壮；turn up 出席，到场，开大音量；divide up 分配；分给；set up 建立；come up走近，发芽；pick up 拾起，用车接，收听（节目）;send up发射；get up 起床；grow up 长大；look up仰望，查阅；eat up 吃光；drink up喝光；use up用光；stay/sit up熬夜；give up放弃；take up占空间，从事，开始干；keep up保持，继续；put up举起，建起；hang up挂起来；hold up举起；join up 连接起来；rise up奋起反抗；move up向前移动；lift up扶起;do up包，捆；hurry up赶快；call up 打电话；break up拆散，破裂;make up组成，化妆，编造；bring up抚养大；dress up打扮；add up加起来；warm up变暖，热身。 [应用]完成句子
①物价在天天上涨。
Prices are_____ _____ day after day. ②衣服常常挂在火炉附近。
The clothes are often_______ ______ near a fire. ③妈妈的把孩子扶起来，领走了。
The mother_____ the baby______ and took him away.
④他到乡下呆了一段时间，身体好了起来。
He went and stayed in the countryside for a period of time and _____ ______ ______ _______.
Key: ①going, up②hung, up③lifted, up④built, up, his, health drop用法归纳
drop可用作名词“滴”；用作不及物动词“掉下，滴下”；用作及物动词“使掉（滴）下”。如： a drop of blood一滴血；drop by rop/in drops一滴一滴地；drop from the tree从树上掉下来；drop to the ground 落在地上；drop the letter into the mailbox把信投进信箱；drop a handkerchief/stone掉下手帕/石头
习语：drop in 顺便拜访；drop in on sb.顺便走访某人；drop in at his school顺便拜访他的学校。 [应用]完成句子
①我看见一个苹果从树上掉下来。 I saw an apple______ _______ the tree. ②他们这样做是搬起石头咂自己的脚。
In doing so they are lifting a rock to _______ ________on their feet.
③你路过的话，千万要来。
Do _______ _______ if you happen to be passing. Key:
①drop,from ②drop, it ③drop, in due to , be due to
be due(to)有“应付给，应到的，预期的”之意，多用作表语，to不定式符号；而due to表示“由于，起因于”时，to是介词，相当于because of。如： The train is due to arrive at 12.火车应于12点到。 When is the ship due?船预定何时到？
The accident was due to careless driving车祸是粗心
高考英语复习知识点概要
驾车引起的。 [应用]完成句子
①那项计划由于资金不足而失败。
The program failed ________ _________lack of money.
②希尔先生预定明天演讲两次。
Mr Hill_________ _________ ________ lecture twice tomorrow.
Key:①due,to ②is ,due, to earn v.赚；得到
①earn n. ②earn sb. sth ③earn one’s living
He earns $10,000 a year.他一年赚10,000英镑。 His honesty earned him great respect.他因诚实而博得人们的尊敬。
She earned her living by singing in a nightclub.她靠在夜总会唱歌谋生。 earn, gain, win ,get
四个词均有“得到”之意，但earn指经过艰苦努力所得到的报偿，意为“赚得”；gain指作出很大努力而“获得”，所得东西常有一定价值；get是普通词，指不一定需要努力就能“得到”；win意为“赢得”，含有取胜一方具有优越条件而能克服障碍之意。这四个词有时可通用。 [应用]英译汉
①earn much money/a prize/one’s living
②gain a victory/experience/the first prize/ten dollars/a living/success/the battle/a doctor’s degree ③get one’s help/full marks Key: ①挣得很多钱/获奖/谋生
②获胜/取得经验/获得一等奖/赚10美元/谋生/获得成功/赢得战斗/获博士学位 ③得到某人的帮助/得满分
earn one’s living,make one’s living 谋生，挣钱过活。
The professor earns his living by teaching at a language school.
eat up 吃光；吃掉。
He was so hungry that he ate up all the cakes and none was left.他太饿了，把所有的蛋糕都吃完了，一点也没剩。 类似的短语还有：drink up喝光；喝净。/burn up 烧完；烧掉。/use up 用完；用尽。/clean up打扫干净。 effect
have effect on 对??有影响，相当于affect： It has had such a bad effect on him. effort短语归纳 make the greatest effort 做最大努力；make great efforts尽最大努力；make a special effort作出特殊努力；make an effort to do sth.努力做某事；make every effort to help you尽力帮助你;make one last effort作最后的努力；make no effort不努力；spare no efforts to do sth.不遗余力去做某事;with(an)effort艰难地；without effort轻而易举地；in an effort努力。 [应用]完成句子
①他身体很强壮，可以轻易地提起那个重箱子。 He is strong enough to lift the heavy box _________. ②我们会不遗余力地阻止他们采取这一步骤。 We will ________ _______ _______to prevent them from takingthis step.
③他艰难地游泳，为的是救出那个孩子。
He swam with difficulty________ _________ _______ ________ save the boy.
④我不会努力去帮助这样的人。
I‘ll ________ _________ _______ to help such a person.
Key:①without,effout ②spare, to ,efforts ③in, an, effort, to ④make, no, efforts make efforts to do sth.努力（尽力）干?? make an effort (at)尽力，努力?? spare no effort不遗余力
I made every effort to get it (at getting it) end up 结果，结束
He started as an employee and ended up as head of the firm.
他以职员开始而最后成为公司的主管。 The party ended up with a song. 晚会以一首歌曲结束。
If you continue to drive so carelessly, you‘ll end up in hospital.
如果你继续这样不小心开车，你会进医院的。 对比：end指完结或终止，为意义最单纯的用语； close指把已开始的事物像关闭似的加以结束； finish尤指最后的修饰工作，或把已经做的加以完成；
complete指把不完美的各点或有缺陷的部分加以补充完成。
Let‘s end the discussion.
The meeting was closed by the chairman‘s speech. Try to finish your homework before 9 o‘clock. Have you completed your new programme? escape（1）vi.逃走；vt.逃避
高考英语复习知识点概要
The soldier managed to escape by running into the woods.
那个士兵进树林逃掉了。
You were lucky enough to escape punishment / being punished.
你很幸运逃脱了惩罚。 (2)n.[c]逃脱，逃亡
have a narrow escape 九死一生，死里逃生 exam; exmination; test; quiz examination通常只指正式的“考试”，如期末考试、入学考试等。exam是examination的缩写，常用于口语，多为学生使用。test为“小考”成“考查”,quiz为“测验”,特指事先无准备，随时进行的测验，也可指（广播节目中的）一般知识测验、问答比赛、猜谜等。例如：
He did very well in the entrance examination. 他在入学考试中成绩很好。
There’s going to be a physics test this afternoon.今天下午将进行物理考试。
The teacher gave us a five-minute quiz.老师对我们进行了一次五分钟的小测验。 example; pattern;model
pattern“型、式样、图样”可指供模仿的某物原型或精心设计出的图样或模型，也可指榜样。如： Can you use the sentence pattern?他会用这个句型吗？
She is a pattern for us.她是我们学习的典范。 model“模型、模范”，指供模仿或值得信效的人或物。如：
Have you seen his model ship?你看见过他的船模吗？
example “例子、榜样”,主要指人及其行为和活动被他人信效。如：
Example is better than precept.身教重于言教。 except; besides; except for+名词/except that+句子用法区别。
except 相当于but,表示“除了??以外（不包括在内）”，常与all, nobody,everything,everybody, nowhere等表示整体概念的词连用。besides相当于apart from，表示“除??以外（尚有）”之义。except for.../except that ...表示“除了??”之意，引述一个相反的原因或细节，因而部分地修正了句中的主要意思。如：Your article is well written except for some grammar mistakes.你的文章写得好，只是有几处语法错误。
excuse, pardon,forgive excuse“原谅，宽恕”，语气较轻，指对轻微的冒犯、失礼等的原谅；pardon用于正式场合时意为“赦免”，也有“原谅，对不起”之意，语气最重；forgive
指免除某人犯错误或违法承担的后果，或不追究其应受责备的行为。三个词都常与for连用，表示“原谅某人??”。 [应用]汉译英
①请原谅我迟到了。
②我永远不会原谅你昨天晚上说过的话。 Key:①Please excuse we for being late.
②The court pardoned the man who had broken the law for a certain reason.
③I’ll never orgive you for what you said to me last night.
expect, wait
二者均有“等待”之意，但有不同。expect侧重心理状态，因而可译为“期待，期盼”，是及物动词；而wait指行动，有“不干别的事专门等”之意，是不及物动词。对比：
They are busy with prepartions, expecting the foreign guests.他们忙着准准备，期待着外宾的到来。 Holding little flags, the children are waiting for the foreign guests.孩子们手拿小旗，在等待外宾的到来。[应用]完成句子
①她很久没有儿子的消息了，因而期待着他的电话。She hasn‘t heard from her son for a long time, so she _______
telephones from him.
②他正等着要和你说句话。
He ________ ________ to have a word with you. Key:①expects ②is ,waiting
expert n.专家，能手 adj.精通的 ①an expert on ?一名??方面的专家 ②be expert at/in doing sth. 于??很内行
an expert on computer science 计算机方面的专家 She‘s expert at/in looking after babies. 她对于照料婴儿很内行。
explain t. 说明；解释；讲解。
①He explained why he was late.他说明了迟到的原因。
②Please explain this exercise to me . 请把这个练习给我讲一讲。
express one’s satisfaction with对??表示满意 be satisfied with对??感到满意
The officials expressed their satisfaction with the preparation for the exhibition. fall短语归纳
fall from a tree从树上掉下来；fall off a table从桌子上落下；
fall out of bed 从床上跌下来；fall asleep入睡；fall
高考英语复习知识点概要
ill病倒；fall behind落后；fall in love with sb.爱上某人；fall to pieces倒塌，垮台，崩溃，解体；fall into the water跌进水中；fall down 倒下；fall onto the ground掉（倒）在地上；have many falls 跌下许多跤；in the fall在秋季。 [应用]完成句子
①那个孩子从墙上掉下来伤着了右腿。
The boy____ ____the wall and hurt his right leg. ②他不想在学习上落后于别人。
He didn‘t want to _____ ____others in his studies. Key:①fell,off ②fall,behind fall ill 生病，得病
①Tom is absent,for he has fallen ill.
②John was caught in the storm and he fell ill. fall over意为“跌倒”，“跌跤”。如：
When he was skating, he fell over some times. fall to pieces
该短语意为“垮台”，“崩溃”，“倒塌”，“解体”。如：
①Most buildings fell to pieces in the earthquake in this city.
②Most organizations fell to pieces after political reform.
far below + n.
该词组意为“远远低于”，“比??低得多”，其中far是副词，用以加强语气。如：
The production of this factory was far below the normal level last year.
far from:不仅仅，远不是（跟动名词、形容词、名词或代词）。如：
①Far being slow, they are actually fast enough.他们一点也不慢，相反非常迅速。
②It’s far from perpect.它还很不完美。 另外：由far引出的短语 ①go far(物)经用、时间长
This food can’t go far.这些东西不够吃。 ②so far:到目前为止、到?程度（地步）
I can only tell you so far.我只能给你说到这一步。 ③as far as就??而言、从??来看、尽??所能、只要??、一直查到某地
As far as I know, he will not come.据我所知，他不会来啦。
You should stick to your opinion as far as it is reasonable.只要你有理，就应该坚持。 We walked as far as the church. 我们一直走到教堂跟前。
feed vt. 喂养；以??为。常用结构： feed…with/on sth . feed sth . to ①She feeds her baby with /on cow’s milk./she feeds cow’s milk to her baby.她用牛奶喂孩子。
②I feed my cat with/on fish./I feed fish to my cat .我用鱼喂猫。
另外：feed (vi.)on 相当于live on , 意为“以??为主食”。
Sheep feed mainly on grass.羊以草为主食。 fight against;fight for
feed?on?以??饲养（动物） feed on(动物)以??为食
feed?to?喂（动物）??当饲料。 feed a dog on meat 以肉饲养狗
feed meet to a dog
Cows feed on hay during winter. feel like?想（做某事）；愿意。
I feel like going to a museum.我想去博物馆。
I feel like a drink. Have you got any beer?我想喝点东西，你俩有啤酒吗？
fight with,fight against意为“为反对??而战、与??作斗争”,against 后面接的是反对的对象，如：
They are fighting against their enemy.他们在与敌人作战。
Political leaders fought against slavery.政治领导们为了反对奴隶制度而斗争。
fight for 意为“为争取??而斗争、因为??而打架”。如：
Two dogs fight for a bone,and a third runs away with it.两只狗为抢一块骨头而打架，另一只狗把骨头叼走了。
fight with意为“同??（一起并肩）作战、与??作战”，它含有两重意思，试比较：
They fought with the Italian in the last war.他们在最后的这次战争中是与意大利人作战。
They fought with the Italian against France in that war.在那次战争中，他们和意大利联合作战反对法国。
figure; shape;form
这组名词都有“形状”的意思。
shape 着重指人或物等的比较具体的整个外形，不太正式；form指有实体结构和看得见的某种特殊形状或是抽象的形式；figure指物时，侧重指轮廊，指人时，着重指姿态。如：
Coins may be of different sizes,weights, shapes, and of diff-
erent metals. 硬币可能大小、轻重、形状不同，铸造的金属也可能不一样。
高考英语复习知识点概要
The shape of Italy is like a leg.意大利国的形状像一条腿。
Change these sentences into the Present Perfect Passive,putting the verbs into the correct forms.用动词的正确形式将下面的句子变成现在完成时的被动语态。
Ice,snow and steam are forms of water.冰、雪、蒸气是水的几种形态。
You can see the tall stone figures and visit the temples of the gods.你可以看到那些高大的石雕像， force / fight one’s way突破??而前进 push one’s way排开??而前进 fine adj./adv./n./v.
(1)adj.美好的，天气晴朗的，（身体）好的，细的
It’s fine today.今天天气很晴朗。
What a fine view it is!多么美丽的风景！ —How are you？ —你好吗？
—Fine, thank you. 参观那些神殿。
这组名词也可当动词用，shape意为“使什么东西具有某种具体的外 形”，常有“塑造”等具体意义；form指通过协商、组织等形成某种习惯、计划或组织等，一般相当于“形成”;figure通常指象征某事物。 find
(1)vt.发现，发觉
She found a wallet lying on the ground. 她发现地上有个钱包。 We found her still asleep. 我们发现她还在睡觉。 He found her left behind. 他发现她被落在后面。
(2)n.发现，发现物（尤指贵重或悦人的）
I made a great find in a second-hand bookshop yesterday.
昨天在旧书店里我有重大发现。
对比：find多指偶然发现，碰见；后可接名词、复合结构或从句。find out指通过观察、探索而发现事实的真相、真情，通过调查找出原因，或发现秘密、错误等；一般接名词、代词或从句。discover指发现客观事物的存在，发现已存在而不为人知的事情；多用于好的事物。
Have you found the book you have been looking for?
你一直找的书找到了吗？
Have you found out why he was late? 你弄清他为什么迟到吗？
Columbus discovered America. 哥伦布发现了美洲。
find one’s way（to）找到；设法找到去??的路 Can you find your way to the post office? 你能找到去邮局的路吗？
Rivers find their way to the sea. 条条江河通大海。
拓展：make one’s way非常困难地前进 feel one’s way 摸索着前进 —很好，谢谢！（不可用于否定句及疑问句） First there was a fine rain but then it rained heavily. 开始是毛毛细雨，接着就下大了 (2)adv.很好
Everything went fine.一切顺利
(3)[c]罚金a traffic violation fine违反交通规则罚款 (4)v.处罚金
If you make such a mistake again, you‘ll get fined. 如果你再犯这样的错误，你就会挨罚。 短语：fine and 非常，极（强调后面所接的形容词） one fine day/morning有朝一日
first of all 指按时间，顺序等处于第一位的，如： 例：First of all let me say how glad I’m to be here.首先我要说我来到这儿是多么高兴。
I’m interested in coins ,but first of all I’m a stamp collector.我对硬币感兴趣，但我首先是个集邮的。 比较：first与at first first 译为“首先/，是从动作的先后角度来考虑的。”如：
Before we go , I must first change my clothes .走之前我得先换衣服。
at first意为“起初/，含有后来不这样了的意思。”如：
At first I didn’t like him ,but now I do .起初我不喜欢他，但现在喜欢了。
for the first time 意为“第一次”。如：
It was there that they met for the first time .正是在那儿他们第一次见了面。 fit
①be fit for适合于
This job is fit for you.这份工作适合你干。 ②主语+be + fit + to do sth.如：
Nobody is fit to take his place.没有合适的人接替他。③（物，衣物之类）+fit+sb.表示衣帽之类适合某人，合身。
The shirt does not fit me well.这件衬衫不太合我的身。
fix vt.安排；修理；准备；安装；固定
高考英语复习知识点概要
We have fixed the time and date of the party. 我们已经确定了聚会的日期和具体时间。
Something has gone wrong with my tape-recorder. I must have it fixed.
我的录音机坏了，我得请人修一下。
Mother decided to fix them something to eat. 母亲决定给他们准备点吃的。
It‘s not polite to fix your eyes on others. 盯着别人看是不礼貌的。
It is necessary for a child to form the habit of fixing his attention on/ upon what he is doing.
孩子养成专心做事情的习惯是很有必要的。 fix a date 确定日期 fix a time确定时间 fix a place确定场所 fix vt.决定，确定 fix+n./wh-/to do sth.
My uncle is fixing to set up a company.
fix up vt.搭起、安装，修理，安排（住宿等），提供，
We must fix the house up before we move into it. Flash in a flash
该介宾词组意为“转眼间”，“突然间”，“瞬间。”如：
In a flash. I realized where we had met before. fly
(1)vt.飞跃 +地点或距离作宾语：驾驶（飞机）；（用飞机）运送；放（风筝）
fly the Atlantic / the English Channe/ a distance of 2000 km
飞跃大西洋/英吉利海峡/2000公里的距离
Supplies of food have been flown to the refugees. 补给的粮食空运给那些难民。 The children are flying their kites. 孩子们在放风筝。
(2)vi.飞，飞行，飞跑
Time flies like an arrow. 光阴似箭。 The little girl flew to her grandmother. 这女孩向她奶奶飞跑过去。 (3)n.苍蝇
butter（奶油）+fly（苍蝇）=butterfly（蝴蝶） dragon（龙）+fly（苍蝇）=dragonfly（蜻蜓） fire（火）+fly（苍蝇）= firefly（萤火虫）（=lighting-bug,美语） follow t.
(1)跟随；跟着。
We followed the professor into the lab . 我们跟着教授走进了实验室。 (2)听懂；理解。
Would you please say it again? I can’t follow you. 请再说一遍好吗?我没听懂。
4. know about/of : have information concerning 听说（关于??的事情）；知道；了解。
Know vt. : have in mind as the result of experience or because one has learned 认识，知道。
①I don’t know the writer , but I know about him.我不认识那位作家，但我听说过他。
②I know him ,but I don’t know about him. 我认识他，但我并不了解他。
for a start/to start with首先，第一点
You have no right to be here, to start with. 首先，你无权在此。 It won’t work：for a start, we don’t have so much money and secondly we cannot get the permission. 那不行，首先我们没那么多钱，其次我们不能被批准。
for example / such as
for emample 用来举例说明，例子通常是一个。它可放在所举例子的前面，也可放在后面；such as 用来列举事物，只能放在所列举的事物的前面。另外，只列举有代表性的事物，并不全部列出。如： Some students are often late for school, Li Ling ,for emample .有些学生上学经常迟到，例如李玲。 He can speak several foreign languages, such as English, Janpanese,
German and so on.他会说好几种外语，比如英语、日语、德语等。
forbid(forbade, forbidden) ①forbid sb.to do sth.如：
My mother forbids me to keep in touch with that boy.我妈不让我与那个男孩交往。 ②forbid(one’s)doing sth.如： The law strictly forbids individual’s running business in some fields.法律严禁私人从事某些经营活动。 ③常用被动形式
Smoking is forbidden here.这儿不许抽烟。 ④表示“使??不可能，使??无法??”
The bad weather forbids a spring outing.坏天气使我们无法春游。
高考英语复习知识点概要
否定转移
I/We think, believe,suppose, imagine接宾语从句时，通常否定主句谓语;但变反意问句时，却必须和从句的人称、谓语保持一致，而且要考虑主句中有无 not。如：I don’t think she is right,isn’t?/I believe that they will win the match, won’t they? [应用]汉译英
①我猜今天夜里不会有雨。
②我们认为美国不会赞同我们的和平计划。 Key:
①I don’t suppose there will be rain this night.
②We don’t think America will agree to our peace plan. form
in the form of 以??的形式呈现，prep.take the form of 以??形式呈现，vt.
The cookies are all in the form of stars. ?The cookies all take the form of stars. free adj.
(1)空闲的；有空的。
Are you free tomorrow?明天你有空吗？ （2）免费的；无偿的。
①Do you enjoy free medical care ?你享受免费医疗吗？
②—Why are you so happy?你怎么那么高兴？
—Because I got two free ticket. 我免费弄到两张票。 (3)自由的。
①The birds in the cage wish to be free.笼中之鸟盼望自由。
②You are free to say anything you want to at the meeting .会上你可以畅所欲言。 freeze,freezing,frozen
freeze是动词“结冰，凝固”；freezing可用作名词“冰点”，用作形容词“冰冷的”，用作副词“极冷地”；frozen既是freeze的过去分词形式，也可用作形容词，表示“冷冻的”。对比：
Water freezes below freezing. 冰点以下时水结冰。 It was freezing cold that morning.那天早晨非常地冷。 The roads are frozen in places.路上多处结冰。 [应用]英译汉
①above/over freezing ②freezing weather ③be frozen to death
④give sb. a freezing cold ⑤freezing machine ⑥frozen meat
⑦I’m frozen,so I can’t write
⑧I’m freezing,so I’ve to put on a heavy coat. Key:
①零度以上②很冷的天气 ③被冻死④冷冷地看某人一眼 ⑤制冷机⑥冻肉
⑦我冻坏了，不能写东西了。⑧我觉得冷极了，我得穿件厚大衣 frighten
用作动词，frighten表示“吓唬、使惊恐”。如： frighten the birds away 把鸟吓跑；be frightened by 被??吓坏；be frightened of sb./sth.害怕某人/物；be firghtened at因??而受到惊吓；be frightened off away被吓跑了；be frightened to dath被吓死；frighten sb.into(doing) sth.吓得某人做某事。 辨析：frightened, frightening:前者表示“感到恐惧、害怕”，后者表示“令人惧怕”。对比： frightened children吓坏了孩子； frightening voice令人恐惧的声音； her frightened look 她那恐惧的样子（自己内心害怕所显露出的表情）。 her frightening look她那可怕的样子（其样子使别人害怕）
[应用]完成句子
①那可怕的声音使我非常恐惧.
The _______ voice made me very ________. ②他吓得那个老太太签署了那份文件。
He _______ the old lady _______ ________ the paper.
③她看到蛇吓坏了。
She________ ____________ the sight of a snake. ④你怕老虎吗？
Are you __________ ________ tigers?
Key:①frightening , frightened ②frightened, into, signing
③was, frightened, at ④frightened, of “复合名词”变复数的几种形式
(1)由man和woman构成的复合名词变复数时，两个成分都要变。如：
a man doctor→men doctors男医生
a woman driver→women drivers女司机
(2)由“名词+名词”以及“动名词+名词”构成的复合名词，把复数词尾放在一个名词上。如： police officers 警官 boy-friends男朋友 match-boxes火柴盒 flower shops花店 frying pans平底锅
(3)由“名词+副词”构成的复合名词，把复数词尾放在名词上。如：
passers-by过路人 lookers-on旁观者
高考英语复习知识点概要
(4)由“家庭成员+in-law”构成的复合名词，复数形式放在第一个成分上。如： fathers-in-law（岳父） sisters-in-law（嫂嫂）
sons-in-law（女婿）
(5)复合名词中没有名词时，把复数词尾放在最后一个词上。如：
go-betweens中间人，媒人 grown-ups成年人
game,race, match
三个词都有“比赛”之意。game通常指“游戏、比赛”，其复数形式往往指大型运动会。race多指赛跑，赛马、赛车、赛船等运动。match指竞技比赛。
[应用]英译汉 ①play games
②play a game of basketball ③the Asian Games ④horse race.
⑤a 1,500-metre race ⑥run a race
⑦have a volleyball match ⑧watch a match Key:①做游戏，比赛②进行一次篮球比赛③亚运会④赛马⑤一千五百米赛跑⑥赛跑⑦举行排球比赛⑧观看比赛
get a general idea of 对??了解大意（大概情况） Read the chapter quickly to get a general idea. 快速阅读这一章，了解大意。 I have a general idea of that town. 我对那个镇子的大概情况有所了解
get in touch with sb.; keep in touch with sb. 这两个相似动词短语的区别是：前者是表示动作性的，作“和（与）某人进行接触”解，如：
Finally Hank and his friend gave each other their addresses and promised to get in touch again with each other when they both returned to the States.最后，汉克和他的朋友互换了地址，并且保证回美国后和对方联系。
而后者表示状态，作“和（与）某人保持着联系”解。如：
Some students keep in touch with me all the time.一些学生一直和我保持着联系。
get sb. / sth. doing使某人/某物开始活跃或使某物开始工作
Let me try now, I will get the car going 现在让我试试，我会把汽车发动起来。
拓展：get sb. to do sth. = have sb. do sth.让/使某人做某事
get sth. done = have sth. done请人做某事
I’ll get him to do the job.我会让他做这项工作。 When did you get your hair cut? 你什么时候理的发？ 感叹句表达方式
感叹句表示说话时的惊讶、喜悦、赞赏和愤怒等情绪。大多数感叹句是由what和how引导，其句型结构为“What(或How)+感叹部分+主语+谓语！”。也有少量其他形式的感叹句，现一并归纳如下： (1)What 引导的感叹句
What 用做定语，修饰名词，其引导的感叹句句型结构为：
①What+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！如： What an orphan he is!他是个多么可怜的孤儿啊！ ②What+a (an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！如：
What a beautiful voice she has!她的声音多美啊！ ③What+形容词+可数名词复数+主语+谓语！如： What kind doctors they are!他们是多好的医生啊！ ④What+形容词+不可数名词+主语+谓语！如： What good news it is! (2)How 引起的感叹句
How 用做状语，修饰形容词、副词和动词，其引导的感叹句句型结构为： ①How+形容词+主语+谓语！ How clever you are!
②How+副词+主语+谓语！ How well she dances!
③How +形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！如：
How good a student he is! ④How+主语+谓语！如：
How the teachers worked!教师们工作多么努力啊！ ⑤How+many(few)+可数名词的复数+主语+谓语！如：
How many books you have read!
⑥How much(little)+不可数名词+主语+谓语！如： How little money the coat cost!
(3)“What+a(an)+形容词+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！”句型可转换为“How+形容词+a(an)+可数名词单数+主语+谓语！”句型。如； What a clever boy he is! How clever a boy he is!
(4)感叹句常将主语和谓语动词省略，以“What+名词！”或“How+形容词！”的形式构成。如： What a fine student! What mountains!
高考英语复习知识点概要
How wonderful! How brave!
(5)其他形式的感叹句
有时候，可不用what和how来表示感叹，而用陈述句、疑问句、祈使句，甚至一个词或词组来表示感叹。如：
She is such a nice girl!她是一个多好的姑娘啊！（陈述句）
Who do you think you are!你算老几！（疑问句） “Stop the train! Stop the train!”(祈使句) Wonderful!(一个词) Happy New Year!(词组)
get through 接通电话；完成；通过
I can’t get through. The line’s busy.我没能接通电话。占线了。
get through the work/the exams/the book完成工作/通过考试/看完这本书 打电话的其他交际用语：
Can you ring up ??你能给??打电话吗？ I can’t get through.我没能接通（电话） The line is busy.（电话）占线。
I’ll try again later.一会儿我再试试。
Could I speak to? please?我找??接电话。 This is ? speaking .我是?? Hold on, Please.请等一等。
Can I take a message?我可以捎个口信吗？ Could you ask … to ring me back, please? 你让??给我回个电话好吗？ I‘ll ask …… to call you.
我要让??给你打个电话。
They are talking on /over the phone. 他们在通电话。 You are wanted on the phone.有电话找你。 She answered the phone.她接了电话。 give构成的短语
①give away 送给人、分发、泄露、暴露 Let’s give away our dog.我们把狗送人吧。 ②give back:送还、恢复（健康）
Living here has given me back my health.在这住使我恢复了健康。
③give in交进来，让步、妥协、投降 The boy gave in the money he picked up. 那小孩把捡到的钱上交了。
In the end,they gave in.最终，他们屈服了。 ④give off散发出
The gas gave off an unpleasant smell.那种气体发出难闻的气味。
⑤give out用完、耗尽、没有了。 Money gave out.钱用完了。 ⑥give up放弃、不再做、把??献给?? My father has given up smoking.我爸“戒烟了。” He has given up his life to teaching. 他一生都献给了教育事业。
Don’t give up,try again.别泄气，再试一次。 give birth to 生??；造成??的原因。 ①She gave birth to a baby last week. ②His illness gave birth to his absence.
Give my regards/ best wishes/love to sb. 向人问好时
give off,放出（光、烟、气味等）、散发， give out,放出，发出（声音，光线，气味等），（食物、燃料、力量等）用尽、筋疲力尽。 ①These red roses give off a sweet smell.
②This device gives out flashes of light in the fog. ③Both my strength and money gave out. go bad 变坏
类似的：go wrong,go mad,etc. go 通常表示不好的变化。 Alice‘s face went red with anger. My husband‘s hair is going gray. “go+doing”表示“去干某事”，多指从事与体育、娱乐有关的活动。
go fishing 去钓鱼 go riding去骑马 go boating 去划船 go climbing去登山 go swimming去游泳 go shooting去射击 go walking 去散步 go hunting去打猎 go shopping去买东西 go cycling去骑车 go dancing去跳舞 go camping 去露营 “go+doing”还可以表示从事某种职业。 go farming务农 go nursing当护士 go on doing , go on to do , go on with
1) go on doing sth .指继续做同一件事。如：
After a short rest , they went on working . 短暂休息之后，他们继续工作。
go on with sth . 指继续同一件事，此时 with 后能接名词，代词，不能跟ing 形式。如:After a short rest ,they went on with the work . 短暂休息之年，他们继续那项工作。
go on to do sth . 指接着做另外一件事。如：
After finishing the words , they went on to go over the text.结束单词后，他们接着通课文。 2) 类似意义的说法。
continue doing/ to do = go on doing;
go ahead with = go on with ,隐含有付出努力之意 keep on doing ① = go on doing ②指不顾困难，反对或警告而坚持做某事。如：He kept on smoking after the doctor told him to stop .医生告诉他停止后，
高考英语复习知识点概要
他还是继续抽烟。
go through 浏览；经历；历经
He went through several houses, but haven‘t bought one yet.
他看了好几套房子，但一套还没买。
The country has gone through too many wars.这个国家已经历了太多的战争。
The plan must go through several stages. 这个计划必须经历几个过程。 拓展：go through with完成
He hasn’t gone through with his composition yet. 他还没写完作文。
go with 与??相配；适合。
I’d like a pair of shoes to go with my trousers.我想要一双和我的裤子相配的鞋。 go/do without 该短语表示“没有??将就着也行”。Without既是介词也是副词，亦即带不带宾语都行。 [应用]完成句子
①他没钱买电视，只能过着没有电视的日子。 He had no money for a TV set,so he had to _______ _______ ______.
②我们没有地图也行。
We have no map but we can ________ ________ Key:①go,without,it ②do,without
had better (not) do sth.最好（不要）做某事。
用来委婉地提出建议或劝告.had通用于各种人称和数的形式.。
①You’d better give up smoking.It dose no good to your health.你最好把烟戒掉，吸烟对健康没好处。 ②she had better not come this evening .今晚她最好不要来。
hand down(=pass down)相传、传给 意思是“（从上代）传下来（给后代）”。
In poor families,clothes may be handed down from one child to the next.
hand back 把??归还??；hand in 面交，提出；hand on 传阅，依次传递；hand out 分发；hand over 移交。
happen句型归纳
(1)happen to do sth.(主语常为“人”)，意为“碰巧。恰好”。to 后可用不定式的一般式to do,完成式to have done进行式to be doing如：
You happened to be out when I came to your house. 我到你家时，你正好出去了。
She happened to have just finished reading the book. 碰巧她刚刚读完那本书。
The two salesmen happened to be quarrelling when the manager entered.
经理进去时两个售货员碰巧在吵架。 (2)It(so)happen that?“（如此）碰巧，恰好”。如： It happens that he is a teacher of English. 恰好他是位英语老师。
It so happened that he was going that way too. 如此碰巧的是他也往那边走。
注意：句型1）和2）可互换，如：
I happened to have no money with me./It happened that I had no money with me. 我碰巧身上没带钱。
(3)happen to sb./sth. “某人/物出事，发生了??情况”。
如：What has happened to your hand?你的手怎么了？
Be careful not to let anything happen to that child. 小心别让那个孩子出任何事。 [应用]选择正确答案
①—We haven’t heard from Jane for a long time.(MET’91)
—What do you suppose __________to her?
A.was happening B.to happen C.has happened D.having happened
②They happened to _______for Tianjin when we got there.(MET’)
A.leave B.have left C.leaving D.had left
③If anything __________you,let me know.
A.is happened to B.is happening C.happens on D.happens to Key:①C ②B ③D
have a right to do sth.有权做某事
right:①当名词用，可有复数形式如：human rights人权；但是当方向（右边）讲时，不可数，turn to the right向右转
②当形容词：a.右面的、向右的、政治上右倾的；b.对的、正确的、合适、恰当、正当；c.对头、没事了。如：
He didn’t feel quite right.他感觉不太舒服。 Your advice is right你的建议是对的。 Which is the right answer?哪个答案正确？ ③当副词用，向右 Don’t forget to turn right when you meet a bookstore.看到那家书店别忘了向右转。 The crowd divided right and left. 人群走散了（各奔西东）。
have/find + difficulty/trouble + (in)doing sth ./ with
高考英语复习知识点概要
sth.
There be + difficulty/trouble + (in) doing sth./with sth.做某事有困难/麻烦；在??方面有困难/麻烦。 其中的difficulty和trouble为不可数名词；doing前的介词in 可省略。
①I have some difficulty(in)pronouncing some English words.有些英语单词我发音有困难。
②Everyone in the town knew him; so we had no difficulty(in) finding his house。镇上所有的人都认识他，所有我们毫不费力就找到了他的家。
③The boy had little difficulty with maths.这孩子学数学没困难。
④There was much difficulty (in) finding him.好不容易才找到他。
have mercy on/upon sb.
该短语意为“宽恕（或可怜）某人”，类似的词组还有show mercy to sb.。
He always has mercy on the poor. at the mercy of ?任由??摆布，在??的掌握中。 如：They were lost at sea,at the mercy of the winds and the waves.
have no choice but to do sth.
该结构意为“别无选择的干??” 如：You have no choice but to obey me. have on,have…on have on 表示“穿着，戴着”，有have on sth.或have sth.,on结构，强调状态，无进行时，但有动词—ing短语形式。have?on表示“有事，有约（会）”。对比：
On Children’s Day,children always have on their new clothes. 儿童节那天孩子们总是穿着新衣服。 I’ve nothing on tomorrow.Let’s go together. 明天我没事，咱们一起去吧。
误：In fact the king was having nothing on.
正：In fact the king had nothing on.事实上国王什么也没穿。
正：The king having nothing on walked in the front.一丝不挂的国王走在最前面。 [应用]汉译英
①He has something on this evening.I’ve to go without him.
②He has his uniform on this evening.
have something(nothing,much,little)to do with与??有（没有，有很大，有一点）关系。 ①I have nothing to do with that young man. ②His job has something to do with telephones.
③This has little to do with what we are talking about. ④Do you have anything to do with that club?
He sends his regards/best wishes/love to you. 带人问好时
也可用：Please remember me to your parents.
head vi.向??前进，朝某方面行进。后面接for,forward的介词短语，或表示方向的副词east,eastward等。head south向南行 ①Where are we heading?
②Those ships are heading for HongKong. hear vt,;vi.
（1）听见、听到（声音）。
①Listen!I heard somebody knocking at the door.听！我听到有人敲门。 ②Old Granny can’t hear very well.老奶奶听觉不好了。
(2)hear that(宾从)听说某事
①I heard that he had come back.我听说他回来了。 ②I heard that we were going to Qingdao for a holiday.Is that true?听说我们要去青岛度假，是真的吗？
（3）hear of 听说；获悉。
①I have heard of him,though I don’t know him.尽管我不认识他，但我听说过他。
②They have never heard of American country music.他们从没听说过美国的乡村音乐。
③They have never heard American country music。他们从没听过美国的乡村音乐。 （4）hear from sb.收到某人的来信。
—Have you heard from Peter recently?最近收到彼得的信了吗？
—No,I haven’t heard from him for three months.没有。我已3个月没收到他的信了。 heart短语归纳
lose heart 失去信心；lose one’s heart to sb./sth.爱上某人/事；give heart to sb.鼓励某人；give one’s heart sb./sth.爱上某人/事；put one’s heart into 一心扑在某事上；heart and soul全心全意地；have a kind heart有一幅好心肠;break one’s heart使某人伤心；learn?by heart 记住，背诵；with a heavy/light heart 心情沉重地/轻松愉快地 [应用]完成句子
①这个队一场比赛未赢，结果灰心了。
The team had won no game and it ________ ________.
②我们很奇怪她怎么爱上一个外国老头。
We wonder why she ________ _________ ________ _______an old foreigner.
高考英语复习知识点概要
③世上无难事，只怕有心人。
Nothing is too difficult in the world if you _______ _______
________ _______it.
④全心全意地为人民服务是一个党员的义务。
It‘s the duty of a Party member to serve the people ________
_________ _________ __________.
Key:①lost,heart②lost,her,heart,to③put,your,heart,into④heart,and,soul help oneself to“自行取用（食物等），随意使用” Help yourself to more cakes. help to do sth.
该动宾结构意为“有助于干某事”，且不定式符号to 可以省略，即构成help do sth.的表达形式。如： ①This book helps to understand this question. ②Exercises help build up. hold短语归纳 hold one’s hand 抓住某人的手；hold me by the arm抓住我的胳臂；hold one’s breath屏住气；hold back one’s tears 忍住泪水；hold a meeting 开会；hold 100 passengers容纳100名乘客；hold a position守住阵地；hold back 阻止；hold one’s head high昂首，趾高气扬；hold up the wounded part 抬高受伤的部位； hold it tight 抓紧；hold everything in secret 对一切都保密；catch/get/take hold of a rope 抓住绳子；hold a child in one’s arms 怀抱孩子；hold a final examination举行期末考试 [应用]介、副词填空
①Nothing can hold______the wheel of the history. ②I held her _____ the hand and tried to follow her. ③He was saved by taking hold______ the big stick. ④Please hold______ your hand if you have any questions to ask.
Key: ①back ②by ③of ④up
How do you do ? 初次见面打招呼答语为How do you do ?也可用Nice /Glad/Pleased to meet you.熟人见面打招呼 How are you?随便一些可用Hello, Hi.
How do (did )you find??(你觉得/认为??怎么样？)是征求对方对某人、某事的看法或意见的用语。回答时在find 后要跟复合宾语。 How did you find the dishes? (I found them)Tasteless.
How do you find Peter Gray? I found him dishonest.
How long have you had it?你买了多久了？ 瞬时动词come/go/leave/start/arrive/buy/die/join/borrow/marry
等不能与表示一段时间的状语连用。如how long, for 和 since所表示的时间。 ①他去世三年了。
不能说：He has died for 3 years.
而应说：He has been dead for 3 years/He died 3 years ago.
It is 3 years since he died. ②他参军多久了？
不能说：How long has he joined the army?
而应说：How long has he been in the army?/How long has he been a soldier?/How long is it since he joined the army?
how long/how soon/how far/how often
(1)how long 多久。表示一段时间，句中的动词应是延续性的。是对for 或since等所表示的时间状语的提问。
—How long have you lived here ?你在这里住多久了？
①—For three years.3年了。
②—Since 1997.从19xx年至今。
③—Since I graduated from college.从大学毕业至今。
(2)how soon (将来)多久；（过）多久（以后）。是对in 所表示的时间状语的提问。
—How soon can you finish the work?多久你能完成这工作？
—In three hours. 3小时后。
（3）how far 多远。用来提问距离。
—How far is your hometown from here?你家乡离这里多远？
—Twenty kilometres.20公里。
(4)how often(每隔)多久；多经常。用来提问频度。 —How often do you usually go home?你多久回家一次？
—Twice a month. 一个月两次。
how to do sth.是由“疑问副词+动词不定式”构成的复合结构，在句中可作表语。
How to deal with it hasn‘t been decided. My question is how to feed so many people.
however adv. 然而；但是。表示转折，起承上启下的作用。本身具有相对的独立性，通常逗号与句子其他部分隔开。
①He likes singing. He can’t sing very well, however. 他喜欢唱歌，然而唱不好。
②He didn’t agree with me ; however, he said nothing.他不同意我的看法，但他什么也没说。 human(being)[c]人，与动物等对比的人(the human
高考英语复习知识点概要
人类)
A human being tells the machine what to do, when to do and how to do.
人让机器做什么、什么时候做和怎样做。
In the story human beings were replaced by robots. 在这个故事里，人类被机器人所代替。 hurt,wound
二者都有“受伤”之意，但含义有所不同。
Wound指外伤，如枪伤、刀伤、剑伤等，尤指战争、战斗中受伤。而hurt既指肉体上的也指精神上的伤害，含强烈疼痛意味。如：
be badly wounded in the battle 战斗中受重伤； wound sb.to death 使某人受伤致死；
hurt one’s back摔伤了后背；hurt one’s feeling伤害某人的感情；be hurt by his words被他的话所伤害。
注意：A.wound可用作名词：
have a wound in the chest胸部受伤； receive a serious wound受重伤；the wounded伤员。 B.hurt还可用作不及物动词，表示“疼痛难受”对比：
The girl fell off her bike. She hurt one of her legs hurts.
姑娘从自行车上掉下来，有一条腿疼得厉害。 [应用]完成句子
①这位战士头部受了伤.
The soldier ______ ______ _____in his head./The soldier ______
_______in the head./The soldier head ______ ______.
②他们说我的那些话使我很伤心。
I was rather__________by what they said about me. ③我右腿疼。
My right foot ________. ④他的伤似乎是很重。
It seemed that he _________badly_________.
Key:①received,a, would/was, wounded/was wounded
②hurt ③hurts ④was, hurt/wounded
I must be off now. I must go now . I must be leaving now. 表示自己要走时
I think it would be a good idea to(do sth.) “我想，干某事是个好主意”（是委婉地提出建议的交际英语）。
A：I’m afraid I’m putting on weight.
B:I think it would be a good idea to keep on doing moning exercises.
idea n. 主意，想法 ①have an idea ②have the idea of doing ③have an idea that/wh-从句
He thought and thought, and then he had an idea. 他想啊想，终于有了一个主意。
She had the idea of discussing the problem with her husband.
她有一个与丈夫商讨此事的办法。
I have an idea that he will lose. 我认为他会输的。 Do you have any idea where he has gone? 你知道他到哪儿去了吗？ if与unless的异同
1)通常unless 等于if not 如：
I won‘t go unless he comes .= I won‘t go if the doesn‘t come .
2)在下面的句子中不可做此替换。如：
I’ll be surprised if he doesn’t have an accident .他要是不出事故，我倒会感到奇怪了。
unless 不能用于“由于未发生B而产生A”的句子，再如：
I’ll be quite glad if she doesn’t come this evening.要是他今晚不来，我才高兴呢。 mix .混合mixture n. 混合物
Water and oil will not mix .油和水不相溶合。 Mix black with white 混淆黑白。 注意：下面句子中mix 的形式。
A rain is falling ,mixed with snow .雨夹着雪在下着。I’m sorry(that)?很抱歉??。是自认为表现欠妥或做事失误时的道歉用语，其后的从句说明道歉的内容和原因。
①I’m sorry I can’t answer the question.对不起我不会回答这个问题。 ②I’m sorry that I broke your glass.很抱歉我把你的杯子打破了。 imagine
1)接名词、代词：You can’t imagine the life on the island.你无法想象岛上的生活。
2）接动名词：She never imagined her going abroad for further education.她从没设想过会出国深造。 3）接从句：You can’t imagine how worried I was those days.你想象不到那几天我是多么焦虑啊。 4）接复合宾语：The boy imagined himself to be a hero. 这男孩把自己想象成了英雄。 [应用] 选择正确答案
I can hardly imagine Peter ______across the Atlantic Ocean in five days.(MET‘91)
A.sail B.to sail C.sailing D.to have sailed Key:C
高考英语复习知识点概要
improve
1)用作及物动词，意为“改善，使更好，增进，提高”。如：
improve one’s English/the living conditions/one’s method of study/oneself in maths提高英语水平/改善居住条件/改进学习方法/提高教学水平。 2)用作不及物动词，意为“变得更好，增加。”如： After two days‘ rest his health is improving. 经过两天的休息，他的健康状况在好转。
3)用作名词：improvement of soil土壤改良；make improvement in 在某方面作出改进 [应用]一句多译
①他的中文水平在不断提高。 ②这篇文章你最好有所改进。
Key:①His Chinese is improving./He is improving his Chinese.
②You’d better improve your article./You’d better make improvement in your article. in prep. 在??之后。用于“将来一段时间之后”。 ① Your birthday is in two weeks’ time .你的生日还有两周。 ② I’ll finish the work in 3 days/in 3 days’ time. 这两项工作我3天后完成。 注意：“将来具体时间之后”用after。 ① I’ll be back in 3 days.3天后我回来.
② I’ll be back after the New year. 新年后我回来。 in a word总之=in one word In a word, I don‘t trust him. 总这，我不信任他。
Tom is brave, careful and calm. In a word, he is admirable.
汤姆既勇敢、细心又镇静。总之，他很令人羡慕。 in charge of prep.担任??，管理??，负责 in the charge of a person?in a person’s charge由（某人）照料（管理）
take charge of 担任??，接管。 My father is in charge of this company. in common, in general, in particular,in short （1）in common(with)与??有共同处、（和??）一样。如：
They have nothing in common with one another.他们相互毫无共同之处。
（2）in general 大体上、通常、一般说来。如： In general boys like sports more than girls.一般说来，男孩比女孩更喜欢运动。
（3）in particular= particularly特别、尤其。如： I noticed his eyes in particular, because they were very big.我特别注意到他的眼晴，因为那双眼晴很大。
（4）in short简单地说，总之。如： The man, in short,is not to be trusted.总之，那个人是不何信任的。
in debt(to)欠债，欠人情
out of debt还清负债，没欠债
get(run,fall)into debt,vi.借债，负债 pay off the debt还清债务
She was always in debt when she was out of work. In 1860,Abraham Lincoln was elected president?.1860年林肯被选为总统。
president/chairman/head/captain/director/mornitor等表示头衔、职位的名词，在用作同位语、补语或表语时，前面通常不加冠词。
in future;in the future; for the future in future意思是“从今以后”。例如：
In future,be careful with your pronunciation.今后要注意你的发音。
Such a bad habit must be got rid of in future.今后成长须改掉这样的坏习惯。
in the furture意思是“将来、今后的日期”，但不一定就是从今立即开始，而是将来的时间。例如： No one can know what will happen in the future.没有人知道将来会发生什么事。
My sister wants to be actress in the future.我妹妹将来想当演员。
for the future的意思是“就未来而论、今后”，作“今后”解时可与in future替换使用。例如：
What are your plans for the future when you grow up? 你长大以后对你的未来有什么打算？
For the future, we’ll have to depend on ourselves.今后我们得依靠自己。
in honour of sb.(sth.) 为了纪念或表示敬意而举行某活动。
①A memorial meeting was held in his honour. ②It is only a dance in honour of my birthday.
in+名词+of
in praise of为??颂扬、歌颂；in honour of 为纪念，为了向某人表示敬意；in memory of为了怀念；in favour of赞同，支持；in place of 代替；in charge of负责；in search of寻找；in need of 需要。 注意：上述短语多用作表语、状语或定语。 [应用]完成句子，句意不变
①This is a book which sings high praise for pioneers.
This is a book ________ ________ ________ pioneers.
高考英语复习知识点概要
②They startd off at once to look for the missing girl. They started off at once________ ______ _______the missing girl. ③We all agree to your plan.
We are all ______ ________ ______your plan. ④We usr plastics instead of wood or metal.
We use plastics_______ ________ ________ wood or metal.
Key:①in, praise, of ②in, search, of 对比：She has the hope of success.她有成功的希望。 There is still hope of persuading him to change his mind.
还有希望说服他改变主意。 [应用]一句多译：
他到那里去，希望买一些新鲜鱼。
He went there in the hope of buying some fresh fish./He
Went there in the hope that he could buy some fresh ③in, favour, of ④in, place, of
in one’s opinion 在某人看来，依照某人的看法，也可以说：
in one‘s personal opinion
例：have a good /high opinion of sb . = think / speak well/highly of sb.
对某人评价高，看法不好。 in one’s will在某人的遗嘱中
will作为名词使用时意为“遗嘱”“意志力”或“强烈的愿望”。
Her death is god‘s will, I suppose. 她的逝世是上帝的旨意，我估计。
His strong will enables him to refuse all the worldly pleaseres.
他的强烈愿望使他可以拒绝世间所有的乐趣。 Where there is a will, there is a way. 有志者，事竟成。
in other words换句话说
In other words, they failed to pass the exam. 换句话说，他们考试没有及格。
He became, in other words, a great hero. 也就是说，他成了一位大英雄。
in place/out of place在原处；在合适的位置。 ①You should keep everything in place.(=in order) 你应该把所有的东西都放好。
②What you said is somewhat out of place.你的话有些离谱了。
in the 1950s:in the 1950’s 20世纪50年代。介词也可用during。
early/late in the 1990s:in the early/late 1990’s。 20世纪90年代早期/晚期。 in the hope of 该短语表示“期待，抱有??的希望”，后接名词、代词或动名词，可替换成：in the hope that 从句或hoping to?。对比:
They got up very early in the hope of catching the first bus.
他们起得很早，希望能赶上头班车。
注意：have the hope of?/There be hope of?有希望 fish./He went there hoping to buy some fresh fish. in the last few years.
该短语意为“最近几年”，常和现在完成时连用，表示以前某时开始一直延续至说话时的动作或状态。in可被during或over 替换。常用的还有：during the past ten days过去的10天里；over the last 5 months过去的5个月里；in the past few weeks 过去的几周里如：
We‘ve learned quite a lot of English over the past three years.
三年来我们学了不少英语。 [应用]单句改错
①Many factories were built in the last ten years in my hometown.
②Both my father and mother have been busy since the past few weeks.
Key:①改were 为have been ②改since为for/in/over
in the past sixty years在过去的60年里（常与现在完成时连用）
Great changes have taken place in the past few years. in time及时(=not later than),终究(=sooner or later) I hope you will arrive in time for the meeting . 我希望你及时到会。
Work hard and you will succeed in time. 努力工作那么最终你将成功。 Increase v.& n.(使??)增长/加
Travel can increase our knowledge of the world.旅行能加深我们对世界的了解。
The number of students in this school has increased to 3,000.这个学校的学生人数已增加到3000人。 The population of the area increased by 5% last year.这个地区的人口去年增加了5%。
an increase in production/ number/population. 生产/数量/人口增加
information: news新闻；消息。为不可数名词，如果表示“几条消息”，应用piece ①The news is true.这条消息是真的。
②a piece of news 一条新闻；一则消息。two pieces
高考英语复习知识点概要
of news 两条新闻；两则消息。several pieces of news几条新闻；几则消息。 insist on doing sth.坚持做?? suggest doing sth.建议做?? enjoy doing sth.喜欢做?? 类似的admit,appreciate,avoid,consider,delay,deny,detest.dis -like,endure,escape,excuse,face,feellike,finish,forgive,give up,can‘t help,imagine, leave off,mention,mind,miss,postp
-hone,practise,put off, resist,risk,can‘t understand,und -erstand,mean(意味着)
以上这些动词只能接动名词作宾语，不能接动词不定式作宾语。在介词之间，也只能用动名词作宾语。 Look forward to,object to ,be used to,in addition to,prefer…to,according to,stick to,etc. insist表示“坚持要求（某人或主语本身）干某事。”；suggest 表示“建议”，以及order, demand, request, advise?，这些动词后的宾语从句常用虚拟语气形式。
即主语+（should）+动词原形+??，should常可省略。如：
He insisted that he(should)be sent to the poorest place to work。他坚持要求派他去最贫穷的地方工作。 instead of
instead of是短语介词，意思是“代替、而不”，后接名词、代词、动名词，有时接动词原形、不定式、形容词等。如：
I’ll take that book instead of this one.我要那本书不要这一本。
Instead of putting it off till the next day, he started working right away. 他立即开始工作，不把它拖到明天。
You should give him advice instead of money. 你应给他忠告而不是金钱。
A word of encouragement might have made me respect instead of hating him.一句鼓励的话当可时可能使我尊敬他而不是恨他。
Things are now better instead of worse.目前情况是好转而不是恶化。
We made the trip by train instead of by car.我们是乘火车旅行的，不是乘汽车。
instead of, instead, in place of, take the place of He went to attend the meeting instead of me . I was ill so he went to attend the meeting instead . 注意：instead 可用于句首，表示“相反的”。如： She never studies .Instead, she plays tennis all day .
她从不学习。相反地，她整天打网球。 in place of很多时候可与instead of换用，但更强调“取代”之意。如：
He isn’t fit for the job, so I’ll do it in place of him.他胜任不了这项工作，我要代他做。 take the place of 是动词短词，在句中做谓语，如： Tractors have taken the place of horses .拖拉机已经取代了马。
注意：instead of 后可接ing 形式，介词短语等。如:
He came by bus instead of by train.他是乘汽车来的而不是乘火车。
He wanted to go to a film instead of staying at home.他想去看电影而不是呆在家里。
Isn’t it easier to stay in the same place ？留在原地难道不更舒服一些吗？
否定疑问句用来表示对某事感到惊讶，含批评意味。相当于汉语的“难道不/莫非??？” ① Don’t you know my address?难道你不知道我的地址吗？ ②Can’t you speak English?你难道不会说英语吗？ Isn’t it happy to live with us ?莫非和我们生活在一起不快乐？
It句型：主语+动词+it+形容词或名词+不定式短语 此句型中，it 作形式宾语，常用于句型中的动词有find,feel, think, consider, make等。Einstein.who was a Jew, found it impossible to continue living in Germany.
爱因斯坦是一个犹太人，他发现他不可能在德国继续生活下去了。
①I found it quite pleasant to work with him.我发现和他一起工作很愉快。
②He feels it his duty to help others.他感到帮助别人是他的责任。
It is hoped that?人们希望?? It said that ?据说??
It is believed that?人们相信 It is reported that?据报道??
It is hoped that our team will win the game.人们希望我们的队赢得比赛。
It is said that the strange old man is a great artist.据说那个怪老头是一位艺术大师。
It is believed that before writing was developed, people in China used to keep records by putting a number of stones together.人们认为，在出现书写以前，中国人常把石块放在一起来记事。
It is reported in the papers that the president of the
高考英语复习知识点概要
U.S.A will arrive next Monday.据报纸报道美国总统下星期一抵达。
It is/was + adj. + for/of sb.+ to do sth.某人做某事是??.
该句的It 为形式主语，真正的主语是后面的不定式（短语），for/of sb.是不定式的逻辑主语。能用于该句型的形容词常有：（1）important/ unimportant/ necessary/ possible/ impossible/ hard/ difficult/ easy/ useful/ usual/ unusual等。这些形容词的后面常用for来表示不定式的逻辑主语。 ①It’s important(for you)to learn English well.(你们)学好英语很重要。
②It’s not easy for them to finish the work within three hours.对他们来说3小时内完成这项工作很难。（2）right/ wrong/ clever/ foolish/ stupid/ nice/ kind/ rude/ polite/ impolite等。这些形容词的后面常用of 介词短语表示不定式的逻辑主语。
①It’s kind of you to help us.你们帮助我们真是太好了。
②It’s impolite of a person to interrupt people while they are talking.打断别人谈话的人是不礼貌的。 It takes sb. some time to do sth .做某事花某人时间。其中的It 是形式主语。代替后面的不定式（短语）。 ①It will take us a whole week to travel through the forest. 穿过这片森林得用我们一整周时间。
②It took them 3 days to finish the work.干完这项工作用了他们3天时间。
It’s time for sth . 该是做??的时候如： It’s time for lunch .该吃午饭了。 It’s time (for sb) to do sth . 如：
It’s time (for us )to go to school.(我们)该上学了。 也可用如下说法：
The time has come for lunch.
The time has come for us to go to school.
注意：在It’s time ??句式中time 前可加 high, about 等修饰词，用法不变。其后跟that 从句时要用虚拟语气。如：
It‘s (high)time we got up.
It‘s about time (that) he knew the truth. 大约是他知道真相的时候了。（that可省略） 接不定式和动名词意义不同的词
1）remember doing/having done记得曾做过某事remember to do记住去做某事对比：
Do you remember meeting me at a party last year? Please remember to write to your parents when you get there.
2)regret doing/having done 后悔做了（或没做）某事/regret to do遗憾地去做某事对比： I regret telling her the truth.
I regret to say that you are completely wrong. 3）try to do 尽力去做/try doing 试着去做 对比：She tried to learn it by heart. She tried adding more salt to the soup.
4)forget doing 忘记曾经做过/forget to do忘记去做 对比：I forget reading about it in a magazine.
Don‘t forget to shut off the gas when you finish cooking.
5)stop doing 停止做/stop to do 停止某一动作去作另一动作（说明停止的目的）
对比：They didn’t start until it stopped raining . We stopped to see what was going on.
6)mean doing 意味着/mean to do 打算，意图做 对比：Missing the train means waiting for an hour. I meant to come, but a friend of mine went to see me .
7)want doing 需要（物作主语，动名词主动表示被动）/want to do 想做（人作主语）
对比：The wall wants painting. I want to paint the wall myself.
join,join in, take part in ,attend 1)join 表示“加入党派，组织、社团、俱乐部”等。 如：join the Party/Youth League/army/club/organization入党/入团/参军/加入俱乐部/加入组织。Would yo join us(in) singing?和我们一起唱歌吧！
His brother joined the army a year ago. 他哥哥一年前参军了。
Join还可表示“来（去）和某人呆在一起，把??连在一起”
I will join you in a few minutes.我一会就过来。 Please join the two ends of the rope together.把绳子两头接起来。
2)join in 表示“参加正在进行的活动”。如：join in a game /discussion/conversation/walk/talk参加游戏/讨论/谈话/一起散步/一起讨论。亦可说：join sb. in (doing)sth.表示“加入某人一起做某事”。 3)take part in 表示“参加会议、活动”，侧重说明主语参加并发挥一定作用，part 前若有修饰语，要用不定冠词。如:take (an active)part in a party/school activities/physical labour(积极)参加聚会/学校活动/体力劳动。
4)attend 表示“出席、参加会议、仪式、婚礼、葬礼、典礼、上课、上学、听报告”。如：attend a meeting/a sports meeting/a concer/a show/school/a lecture参加会议/运动会/出席音乐会/出席展览会/
高考英语复习知识点概要
上学/听演讲。 [应用]完成句子
①我哥哥参军2年了。
It‘s two years since my brother_______the army. ②我的朋友和我一起祝你生日快乐。
All my friends_______ ________ ________ wishing you a happy birthday.
③今晚有一个聚会，你参加吗？
There will be a party this evening. Are you going to_______ ______ _______ it? ④迈克没有参加莉莉的婚礼。 Mike didn‘t ______ Lily‘s wedding.
Key:①joined ②join，me,in③take,part,in ④attend keep doing sth.连续、持续地做某事。
①They kept sitting there for several hours.他们在那里连续坐了好几个小时。
②He kept asking silly questions.他不住地问些愚蠢的问题。
keep ;store; save
三个词都有“存”的含义。 store是及物动词，“储藏、储存”的意思，一般强调在一个空间范围内的保管和收藏。如：
We had to store all this while we were away. 我们不在家时，得把所有的一切都收藏起来。如：
After harvest we store the grain.收割后我们把粮食存起来。
save既可以是及物动词也可以是不及物动词，可指货币的储蓄。如：
He was out of work, he had saved no money before.他失业了，以前也没有攒下钱。
They are saving for a house.他们正在存钱买房。 keep也有“保存”的意思，与store比较，它并不强调特定的地点和场所，是由“保留”的意思引申而来的。如：
I have kept the old letters all the time.我一直把这些旧信保存了下来。
Will you keep the papers for me?你能为我保存这些论文吗？ keep off
短语动词。意为“远离”、“制止”、“使避开”、“不让接近”。如：
A board stands by the house on which were written ―keep off‖.
At night they made a fire to keep wild animals off. keep one‘s word 该动宾词组意为“守信”，“遵守诺言”。词组里word不能用复数形式words.同义词组为“keep a promise”,反义词组为“break one’s word”。如： Once you promise someone to do something,you
should keep your word.
keep sb.healthy使??保持健康
keep,n.“使维持（某种状态）”后可接adj.(ving,p.p,adv.)等作宾补。
①I was so tired that I could hardly keep myself awake.
②I’m sorry to have kept you waiting so long. ③Keep your mouth shut and your eyes open. ④They kept us out.
⑤Once a cold kept him in bed for three days. keep up
该短语动词有以下现象，分述如下： ①keep sth.up使不低落，遵守
如：Even if we fail we should keep up our spirits. ②keep sb.up使晚睡
如：It’s wrong to keep the children up so late. ③keep up with sb.赶上，不落后，保持联系
如：I still keep up with my college classmates far away.
我仍与远方的大学同学保持着联系。 Knee
go down on one’s knees 双膝跪地 go down on one knee单膝跪地
如：①The son went down on his knees, begging his father for mercy.
②Some football players celebrate their“goal”by going down on one knee. knock into
该短语意为“把??敲人”，也可意译为“撞着某人/某物”如：
①The wall is so hard I can’t knock nails into it. ②He was reading while he eas walking and knocked into a tree. lack
lack可用作及物或不及物动词，还可用作不可数名词，有“缺乏，缺少”之意。如：
lack money/courage缺钱/ 缺少勇气；lack(in) experience/ courage缺少经验/勇气；have no lack of...不缺乏；for lack of?因为缺乏。对比：
He is lacking in courage./He lacks courage.他缺少勇气。
The plants died for lack of water. 因为缺水植物枯死了。
[应用]完成句子
①她经验不足，无法获得这项工作。
高考英语复习知识点概要
She________ ______ ______to get the job. ②他们不缺钱，而缺技术工作。
They______ ______ _______ of money but_______skilled workers.
Key: ①lacked,the,experience ②have,no,lack,lack lately; recently
两者均可表示“近来、最近”，但用法不同。 recently 是书面语，常被quite,just,but, very,only等词所修饰，以加强语气。主要用于肯定句中。如: He’s only recently begun billogy. 他只是最近才开始学生物。 I didn’t know it until quite recently.我一直到最近才知道。
Lately常用于口语，指与现在有联系的一段时间，常见于否定句或疑问句中。如：
I haven’t seen him lately.我近来没有看到他。 lay the table, lay breakfast
两个动词短语均可作“摆好桌子”解，但各自的确切含意不同：lay the table单纯指“摆桌子（准备吃饭）”，可用于早、中、晚三餐的任何一餐的场合，如：
I only laid the table.我只是摆好了餐桌（准备吃饭）。而“lay breakfast”则很明确地表示“摆桌子（吃早餐）”。如：
I have laid lunch.我已经摆好午餐的桌子了。 He has laid supper.他已把晚餐的桌子摆好了。 leave sth. to sb.（在死后）将??留给某人；请某人负责某事
His aunt left all her property to him after her death. 他姑姑死后将所有财产都留给他了。
I’ll leave it to you to buy the tickets.我委托你负责买票。
lend to 引导；引起，造成，导致。
①Labour leads to happiness.劳动使人幸福。
②Where does this road lead to?这条路通向哪里？ His carelessness led to his failre.他的粗心导致失败。 Too much work or too little rest often leads to illness.过度工作或很少休息经常导致疾病。
Difference of opinion led to a heated argument.意见分歧导致了激烈的争论。 lecture, speech, talk, repot
lecture多指学术方面的“演讲，报告”；而speech指在公众面前做的经过准备的较正式的“演说，发言”；talk是一般性的“讲话，谈话”，report指正式的“报告，报道，汇报”。 [应用]英译汉
①give a lecture ②attend a lecture ③make a speech ④give a talk ⑤receive a report ⑥make a report ⑦send in a report ⑧a school report
key:①作演讲②出席演讲会③发表演说④发表讲话⑤收到报告⑥作报告⑦呈交报告⑧成绩报告单 lie—lied—lied—lying lie—lay—lain—lying lay—laid—laid—laying
分析：(1)lie—lied—lied—lying意思是“说谎”。 例：I have never lied in my life. Obviously he was lying.
(2)lie—lay—lain—lying意思是：“躺、平放、卧”“位于”。
例：The children lay on the grass, looking at the beautiful sky.
The look is lying on the desk. (3)lay—laid—laid—laying 意思是“放置”“产（卵）”“下（蛋）”，lay是原形动词。
例：She laid the baby gently down on the bed. The hen laid an egg yesterday. 注意：①lying既是“说谎”的现在分词，又是“躺、位于”的现在分词。
②lay既是“放置、产卵”“下蛋”的原形动词，又是“躺、位于”的过去式。 lie in
短语动词lie in 意为“在于”。如：
The way out lies in the development of education. like 用法小结
（1）like 用做动词（及物）通常表示一般的“喜欢”，为口语用词，词意没有love感情强烈，反义词为hate。
①like + n.(pron.)
Does Li Ming like bananas？李明喜欢吃香蕉吗？ Do you like it?你喜欢它吗？ ②like + v.-ing(动名词)
Do you like working in China?你喜欢在中国工作吗？
③like + to + v.(不定式)
I like to keep busy.我喜欢生活得紧张。 ④would like(=would love)后接名词、代词或不定式，多用于有礼貌地提出要求，意为“想要、愿意”。 Would you like something to drink?你想喝点什么吗？ I’d like two sweaters for my daughter.我要给我女儿买两件运动衫。
Would you like to come?你愿意来吗？
⑤How do you like...?(=What do you think of...?)此句型用于询问对方对某人（物）的看法，意为“你
高考英语复习知识点概要
觉得??怎么样？”
How do you like China?你觉得中国怎么样？ (2)like 用做介词，意为“像??一样”，反义词为unlike。
①like 后接名词、代词或动名词作宾语。 Don’t throw it like that .别那样扔它。
They’re round,like the moon.它们是圆的，像月亮一样。
Walking on the moon is just like flying .在月球上行走就像飞一样。
②look like意为“看起来像??一样”。 It looks like a chicken.它看起来像一只鸡。 ③feel like+v-ing意为“想??”。 I had a little,but I don’t feel like eating.我吃了一点，可我不想吃。
④What’s the weather like...?(=How’s the weather like...?)此句型用来询问天气情况，意为“??天气怎么样？”。
What’s the weather like in Australia now?现在澳大利亚天气情况怎么样？ It‘s (just)like sb. to do sth.
该句意思是“某人（恰恰）就是??这个样子”，表示赞扬或不满；若用否定式，则表示怀疑。如： It is just like her to think of others before thinking of herself. like crazy
这是一个固定词组，口语用语，意为“疯狂地”，“拼命地”。如：
In order to finish his work on time, he worked like crazy.
crazy是个形容词，意为“狂热的”，“醉心的”，与about连用。如：
Most youths are crazy about famous stars.
live by it赖??为生；以??为生（Δ不可用于被动语态）
Live by(one’s)pen 以笔耕为生 live out 活着，熬过
live through(it)活过，度过??而不死（Δ不可用于被动语态）
The patient will not live through the night. l ive?life过着??生活
live a hard life过着艰苦的生活 live a happy life 过着愉快的生活 live a quiet life过着安静的生活 live a miserable life过着悲惨的生活
Einstein lived the rest of his life quietly in the USA.爱因斯坦在美国安静地度过了他的余生。
The working people are living a happy life now.劳动人民过着幸福的生活。 由look构成的短语：
look back upon/on回顾，回想过去
I like to look back upon my high-school days. 我喜欢回忆我高中时的岁月。
Perhaps some day it will be pleasant to look back upon these days. 或许将来有一天回忆起这些日子很令人愉快。
look as if /as though看起来好像 look around环视四周
look after照顾；照看 look out当心 look behind回头看 look through浏览 look down向下看 look up 向上看；查寻 look into调查；研究 look at,stare at,glance at
look at指把眼睛转向目标，译成“看，看着”；stare at 表示由于吃惊、害怕或深思而张大眼睛看，译成“盯着，注视，凝视”，glance at指“匆匆一看，一瞥”。对比：
She stared at the footprint,full of fear. 她两眼盯着脚印，满心恐惧。 I‘d like to look at your photo. 我想看看你的照片。
The middle-aged woman glanced at her watch and hurried off.
那位中年妇女匆匆看了一下表就离开了。
注意搭配：stare straight at 直直地盯着；stare into space凝视着空中；stare sb.in the face 盯着某人的脸看；stare sb.up and down.上下打量某人；glance over(through)a letter匆匆阅读一封信；glance round a room匆匆环视房间；at a glance 一看就??；give/take a glance at 对??匆匆一看。 [应用]完成句子
①她凝视远方，在思考着
She was ________ ________the distance,thinking. ②她羞涩地从她的扇子后面看了他一眼。 She ______shyly______him form behind her fan. Key:①staring,into ②glanced,at
look forward to sth.(doing sth.)渴望、企盼?? ①They are looking forward to getting news of him. 他们渴望听到有关他的消息。
②We should look forward,and don’t give up. 我们应该向前看（乐观一些）不能放弃。
lose one’s sight(way; life; work;reason)分别表示：失明；迷路；牺牲；失业；失去理智等。如： His son lost his life in the fighting.他儿子在战斗中牺牲了。 Love
高考英语复习知识点概要
be in love with sb. 该短语意为“爱上某人”，其中的be可用fall替换，即fall in love with sb.也意为“爱上某人”。如： Henry was/fell in love with Mary. make love to sb .向某人示爱 make a promise 该动词短语意为“允诺”，其中的promise为名词，与它搭配的词组还有keep one’s promise(守信)等。如：
He‘s always making promises and then breaking them.
Promise 也可是动词（vt.& vi.）意为“允诺”，“答应”。
所用动词句型为：
promise to do sth(不定式作宾语) promise sb. to do sth.（后接双宾语） promise (sb)that – clause (that-clause为宾语从句)
如：①He promises me to buy a bike for my birthday gift.
②He promises me that he will buy a bike for my birthday gift.
make??do sth.使??做某事。做补语的不定式不带to,但在被动语态中则带to,即:be made to do sth. The landlord made him work 12 hours a day.地主让他一天干12个小时的活。
被动式：He was made to work 12 hours a day(by the landlord).
与make意义相近的词还有let/have/get,但get的使用结构为:get?to do sth.
How can we get the trees to grow quicker?我们怎么能让树长快点呢？
make fun of取笑；嘲笑。 ①It’s wrong to make fun of the blind.取笑盲人是不对的。 ②It’s bad manners to make fun of a person who is in trouble.拿困境中的人开玩笑是不礼貌的。
make sure 弄肯定，设法做到，确保，安排妥，务必,后接宾语从句。如：
He made sure that he had enough food for the journey.他设法为旅行备足了食物。Make sure(that)you pick the child up at five.
Please make sure the house is locked.务必确保房门已锁上。
make sure 后还可接of或about ,指“弄清，搞明”如：
Have you made sure of the time of the train?你搞清楚火车的时间了吗？ We‘ve made sure of our seats for the movie.
比较：be sure of sth. /be sure that??确信?? be sure to do sth .一定??，必然?? be sure of doing sth.对做某事有把握如： I’m sure of his success. = I’m sure that he’ll succeed.我确信他会成功。
He is sure to succeed .他一定会成功的。（说话人的判断）
He is sure of succeeding in the exam.他对考试成功是有把握的。
注意：It’s certain that he’ll win.此时不能用It’s sure that ??
make?to one’s own measure“依照某人的尺寸做??”如：
This coat is made to you own measure,I’m sure it will fit you nicely.这件大衣是你订做的，我想肯定很合身。 to当介词用，“依照、按照”如：
She is dancing to the music.她在随音乐节拍跳舞。 make up 编（造）；构成；化妆make up 组成，构成。还有“化妆、打扮；编造（故事等），弥补”之意The government is made up of ten members. She made up a story to avoid being examined.
It’s a lie. He made up the story.这是谎言，都是他编造出来的。
Ten doctors made up a medical team.十名医生组成了一支医疗队。
Although she doesn’t make up, she looks beautiful.尽管不化妆，她依然美丽。 make use of 该短语动词意为“利用”，其中use 前可被good,the best, much,little no修饰。如：
You must make good use of any opportunities you have of practi- sing English.
以 use为核心，组成的词组有：
in use 在使用中；out of use(目前)不使用
come into use 开始被使用；go out of use 不再使用。manage vt.经营；设法；对付
She managed the house very well.她把家管理得很好。
We managed to finish the work ahead of time. 我们设法提前完成了任务。
I shan‘t be able to manage without help. 没有人帮助，我无法办到。
[辨析] manage to do sth. /try to do sth.
高考英语复习知识点概要
manage to do sth.强调已达到目的或出现了结果，含“成功”之意。try to do sth.意为“试图或尽力做某事”，多表示一种企图或决心，而不表示一定成功。如：
we‘ve managed to make up for the lost time. 我们设法把失去的时间补了回来。
He tried to pass the examination,but failed. 他努力想通过考试，但没成功。 manage to do/try to do
manage to do sth. 意为“设法完成或做到某事”，含有成功之意。 He managed to organize a live concert. = He succeeded in organizing a live concert. 他设法组织了一次现场直播的音乐会。 try to do sth.意为“试图做，尽力做某事”，是否成功，并不肯定。
He tried to work it out, but he failed.他努力想把它算出来，但没成功。 marry
She married very early/well.她结婚很早/她嫁得很好。
Jane iis going to marry John.简就要嫁给约翰了。 —Is she married?她结婚了吗？
—Yes, she has been married for five years.是的，她已经结婚五年了。
She was married to a doctor.她和一个医生结了婚。 He married his son to a rich lady.他为独生子娶了个有钱的女子。 masses of…
该词组意为“大量的”，与lots of 相同，后接可数名词或不可数名词。如：They saved masses of money by improving technology. a mass of?意为“一大堆??”，“一大片??”。 “情态动词may/might +完成时”的结构，有以下用法：
①may/might + have + 过去分词表示推测过去某动作“可能”发生了。如：
I can‘t find my sunglasses, I may/might have left them at the
restaurant yesterday.
一般来说，may和might两者意思上没什么区别，只是may比might表示的可能性大些。如： He may have heard of it from Jack. He might have heard of it from Jack.
在下列情况下，may和might 用法有区别： 句子的主要动词是现在时，间接引语中用may/might;
句子的主要动词是过去时，间接引语中只用might.如：
He says that she may/might have misunderstood him. He said that she might have misunderstood him.
②might + have + 过去分词，表示对本来可能发生而实际并未发生的动作的感叹或遗憾含有“责备”、“抱怨”之意，而may + 完成时无此含义。如： You might have told us earlier.
This medicine might have cured your cough mean to do sth.
该结构意为“有意要干某事”。如：
I‘m very sorry if I hurt your feelings in fact.I didn‘t mean to.
mend ; repair
repair指将受损、故障、用旧之物修理好，如用于修补机械方面的东西多用repair。如：
Ask him to repair my watch/TV set.请他给我修一下手表/电视机。
The garage charged forty dollars to repair the car. 修车行修理这辆车收了四十美元。
repair还可作“弥补、补偿”讲。如：
How can I repair the damage I have caused?我怎样才能弥补我造成的损失？ I’d like to repair our differences .我想我们应该重归于好。
mend指将打破、撕碎或用坏之物修补完整，“缝补衣服”多用mend。如：
His clothes need mending.他的衣服该补了。
She mended the broken jar with cement. 她用水泥把破碎的缸补好了。 mend 还可意为“改正、纠正、治愈、使恢复健康”等。如：
The prisoner is mending his way.囚犯在改过自新。 It is never too late to mend.亡羊补牢，犹未为晚。 mistake短语归纳
1)用作名词：by mistake由于差错；make mistakes 出错；make no mistake没出错；correct one’s mistake改正错误；recognize one’s mistake承认错误；make mistake about sb./sth.误会（解）某人/事
2)用作动词：mistake one’s meaning误解某人的意思；mistake sb./sth.for错当成，误以为是??；be mistaken 弄错，错误的。 moment短语归纳
for a moment 一会儿；in a moment一会儿之后；a few moments alter过一会儿；a moment ago刚才；
高考英语复习知识点概要
at any moment随时，立刻；at the moment此刻，现在；at that very moment 就在那时。
注意：the moment此结构中，the moment 用作连词，引导一时间状语从句，表示“一??就”。相同意思和用法的表达形式还有：the minute, the instant 和the second。如：
Telephone me the moment you get the results.
The moment the teacher entered the classroom,the students stood up.老师一进教室，学生们就站起来了。
[应用]完成句子
①你最好不要离开，主席随时会到这里。
The chairman will be here______ ______ ______,so you‘d better not be off.
②我稍等一下，他一会儿就到。
Just______ ______,he will come here______ a moment.
Key:①at,any,moment ②a, moment,in more
twelve more steps意为“再有12个台阶” We must climb twelve more steps to the top.
基数词 + more + n.s.= another + 基数词 + n.s.如： There are 3 more chairs /another 3 chairs for dinner.
more and more?越来越??
Our school is becoming more and more beautiful.我们的校园变得越来越美丽了。
more or less 或多或少；大体上；大约。
①—How far is your family away from here?你家离这里多远？
—Ten kilometres ,more or less.大约10公里。
②The work is more or less finished. 这项工作大体上完成了。
no longer 不再。通常置于行为动词之前，动词be之后，偶尔也置于全句的末尾。
①He no longer lives here.他不住这里了。
②Don’t worry about her. After all she is no longer a child .别为她担心。毕竟她不再是个小孩子了。 ③I shall wait no longer.我不等了。 more than
该词组意为“不仅仅是”，“不只是”。
如：Flag is more than a piece of cloth. It stands for a state.
More than 与one 连用，构成词组more than one 后接单数的名词和动词。如：
More than one person is going to lose his job. must + have + 过去分词
表示推测过去某动作“一定发生了”。如： —They quarrelled quite often and whenever they
quarrelled they threw glasscup at each other. —They must have broken a lot of glasses. necessary
necessary主要用于两种句型：①It’s necessary for sb. to do
sth.某人有必要做某事②It’s necessary that?有必要??。注意：that从句中谓语用should + 动词原型，should 可省略。另外：不能使用sb. is necessary to do 结构，因为通常是“某事或做某事有必要”，而非人有必要。误：He is necessary to return home this afternoon. 正：It’s necessary for him to return home this afternoon. [应用]汉译英
①他有必要改进自己的学习方法。
②有必要的话，我们可以多雇几个人收庄稼。 Key:
①It’s necessary for him to improve his method of study:/It’s necessary that the should improve his method of study。
②If necessary,we’ll employ more men for the harvest.
no longer 常可相当于not?any longer. not 用来否定谓语, any longer 置于句末。上面的句子可分别改作:
①He don’t live here any longer.
②Don’t worry about her. After all she isn’t a child any longer.
③I shall not wait any longer.
注意：no more（相当于not?any more）也是“不再”的意思。no longer是把现在的情况和过去对比，时态以现在时为多，有时也用过去时或将来时；no more 指今后如何，通常用将来时态。 ①I can no longer stand it.我再也受不了。
②I will go there no more.我再也不到那地方去了。 美国人有时用起来比较随便。
He is no more/no longer ill.他的病好了。
另外：涉及数量或程度时要用no more; 谈到时间表示once but not now（有一度、曾经那样，但现在不了时），要用no longer.
①There is no more bread.没有面包了。
②I no longer support the Conservative Party.我不再支持保守党了。（曾经支持过）
no more than:only仅仅；只有。具有感情色彩，强调“少”。与no less than 相对。 Not more than:less than;at most不到；至多。说明客观事实。与not less than相对。
①He has no more than 20 yuan.他只有20元钱。（强
高考英语复习知识点概要
调钱“少”）
He has not more than 20 yuan.他有不到20元钱。（说明客观事实）
②No less than 50 people attended the meeting.参加会议的人不少于50多个。（强调“多”）
Not less than 50 people attended the meeting.参加会议的有50多人。（说明客观事实）
注意：no用于比较级之前总含有感情色彩；not用来否定比较级则只说明客观事实。
①you are no taller than I.你并不比我高。（我们两人都矮）
you are not taller than I.你不如我高。
②This question is no more diffcult than that one.这个问题并水比那个（容易的）问题难。
This question is not more diffcult than that one.这个问题不如那个问题难。
no more than;not more than;no more...than;not more...than
no more than 意为“仅仅、只不过”，相当于only。它与数字连用时，意为“仅仅至多”，强调“少”，带有说话者的感情色彩。如：
I am no more than a teacher.我只是个教师而已。 There were no more than two hospitals in this city before liberation.解放前，这座城市里只有两家医院（表示很少）
not more than 后面接数词时，表示“不超过、最多”的意思。用来说明情况，并含有“少”之意，也不带有说话者的主观色彩。如：
There are not more than ten minutes left.最多只剩下10分钟了。（表示客观事实）
“no more+形容词（副词）原级+than”意为“两者同样不”，前面和后面同时否定，带有感情色彩。如:
This tool is no more useful than that one. 这件工具与那件工具一样没有用。（两者都没有用） “not more+形容词（副词）原级＋than”意为“Ａ不比Ｂ更??”。这是比较级的正规用法，表示比较的事实，两者都肯定。如：
Ｔhis tool is not more useful than one.这样工具不及那件工具有用。（两者都有用） noise ; voice; sound 这三个词均指“声音”
voice是可数名词，指人发出的声音。如：
I didn’t recognize John’s voice on the telephone.在电话里我没听出约翰的声音。
We could hear the children’s voices in the garden.我们能听见花园里孩子们的声音。
sound词意最广泛，它包括各种性质的声响，不论大声还是小声，音乐或噪音，有意义的还是无意义的声音均可，多作可数名词。如：
A joyful sound came from the distance. 远处传来欢快的声音。
The door was open, and the sound came from the kitchen.门开着，声音是从厨房传来的。
noise泛指一切在的、杂乱的或令人讨厌的杂声和吵闹声，既指单一的刺耳、尖锐、磨擦的声响，也可指混合在一起不协调的声响，不论是由人或物所发出的，可以是可数的，也可以是不可数的。如： Loud noise can make people ill.大的噪音能使人生病。 Don’t make such a loud noise.别弄出这么大的声响。Not all the parts of the car will be made in the factory.并非所有的汽车零件都在这个工厂里制造。
not 与总括词（即表示全部意义的词）连用，表示部分否定。not 有两个位置，可放在总括词前，也可用来否定谓语。不管总括词在句中作主语，还是作宾语、状语，都表示部分否定。 常见的总括词有：both/all/every/everyone/everybody/everything/everywhere.
①Not all of them go in for sports.他们并不都喜欢运动。
相当于：All of them don’t go in for sports.
或：Some of them go in for sports,but others don’t. ②I don’t like both of the novels.这两部小说我并不都喜欢。
相当于:I like only of the novels.
③You can’t get this kind of vegetables everywhere.这种疏菜你并不是在哪里都能买到。
相当于：You can only get this kind of vegetables somewhere.
如果表示全部否定则应用：neither(两者)/none(多者)/no one/nobody/nothing/nowhere.
①None of them go /goes in for sports.他们都不喜欢运动。
②I like neither of the novels.这两部小说我都不喜欢。
③You can get this kind of vegetables nowhere.在哪里你也买不到这种疏菜。
not?but ?不是??而是??
Shakespeare was not a musician but a writer.莎士比亚不是音乐家而是作家。
Not the students but the teacher is hoping to visit the Great Wall.不是学生而是老师希望去参观长城。 He can’t read or write in English,but can speak English fluently.他不能读英语和写英语，但能流利
高考英语复习知识点概要
地说英语。
They neet not money but time.他们所需要的不是钱，动词，如leave,start等。而在until的肯定句型中，主句的谓语动词一定要用延续性动词，因为until而是时间。
not just?but?：not only?but(also)?（also可省略）不仅/不但??而??。
该句型可连接两个并列的主语、谓语、宾语、表语和状语，说话的侧重点在后一部分。当连接两个并列主语时，谓语应同靠近的主语在人称和数上取得一致。
①Not just you but he likes the country music very much.不但你，而且他也很喜欢乡村音乐。
②He can not just drive but repair a car.他不仅会开而且会修车。
③I like not just pop music but country music.我不仅喜欢流行音乐，而且喜欢乡村音乐。
④This book is not just interesting but also useful.这本书不但有趣而且有用。
⑤Lu Xun is famous not just in China but in the whole world.鲁迅不只在中国有名，而且在全世界都很著名。
not only…but also
①连续两个并列主语时，谓语和but also后的一致（即就近原则）
②Not only?but also?构成一倒装句式（强调状语或谓语时用；强调主语时不用倒装）。
①Not only you but also he likes playing football. 不光你，他也喜欢踢足球。
②Not only can he sing, but also he can dance well. 他不仅能唱歌，舞也跳的不错。
（注意，第一句倒装，第二句不用倒装形式） not?until三种句型
not?until有三种句型，即：正常语序、倒装语序和强调句型。 （1）正常语序
The mother didn‘t leave the room until the child fell asleep.
I didn‘t know the truth of it until the next day. （2）倒装语序
Not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the room.
Not until the next day did I know the truth of it. （3）强调句型
It was not until the child fell asleep the mother left the room.
It was not until the next day that I knew the truth of it.
（4）注意事项
①在not?until句型中，主句中的动词均为短暂性作为连词和介词意为up to the time when; up to“直到??时”。如：
②until只连接表示时间的短语和从句，不能用于地点和数量。如：
We walked until the edge of the forest.(误)
Our classroom can hold until fifty students.（误） from time to time
now and again means now and then 时而 sometimes once in a while at times
now that; due to; because of; owing to; since; as
now that作“既然”讲时，相当于since。now that中的that 可省去。如：Now(that)you are well again, you can travel, 你既然恢复了健康，就能够旅行了。 due to作“起因于、归功于”时，常作表语或跟在名词后，如：
His failure is due to the fact that he lacks experience.他的失败源于他缺少经验。
Mistakes due to carelessness may have serious results.粗枝大叶造成的错误可能带来严重后果。
The team’s success was largely due to her efforts.该队的成功在很大程度上是由于她的努力。 because of“由于、因为”，在句中作状语或表语。如：
Lincoln is admired because of his good leadership.林肯由于其出色的领导而受到人们的赞赏。
His anger is because of your bad deeds.他是因你的失礼行为而生气。 owing to“由于、因为”，常在现代英语中与because of, due to换用。如：
Owing to unfavourable weather, I was unable to carry on with it.由于天气不好，我不能把它进行下去。 nowhere放在句首，该句应使用倒装结构。 Nowhere is there a place for him to settle down.
类似的副词还有hardly scarcely, no sooner,seldom, never, little等。
Of + n.（抽象句词）相当于该名词相应的形容词，在句中可用作表语或补语。
能用于该句型的名词有：help/ use/ value/ importance等。其对应的形容词分别为：helpful/ useful/ valuable/ important.
①This book is of great use/ very useful.这本书很有用。
②His advice is of great value/ very valuable.他的建议很有价值。
高考英语复习知识点概要
③English is of great importance/ very important to us.英语对我们来说很重要。 offer
offer sth.提供，提出；offer sb.sth./offer sth.to(for)sb. 为某人提供、提出;offer to do sth.主动提出做某事；offer sb.sth.for(money)卖给某人要多少钱；offer sb.(money)for sth出钱买东西
短语：offer advice/suggestions/congratulations/the price提出劝告/建议/表示祝贺/出价；make an offer of help 主动提供帮助；accept one’s offer 接受某人的建议
[应用]完成句子
①他把座位让给了老人。
He ______his seat______ the old man./He _____the old man his seat.
②我的同桌主动提出帮我学英语。
My deskmate_____ ______ _____ me with my English.
③有人出1万元买你的这套房子。
Someone will _____ you 10,000 yuan______ your house.
Key:①offered,to /offered②offered,to ,help③offer,for
on holiday 在度假，此时holiday 前不加冠词。类似说法如：on a visit/a trip/a journey 要带冠词。take a holiday 休假
用介词on 表示处于一种状态，若用for 则表示目的。如：
He is on holiday .他在度假。
He is on a visit to America.他正在美国访问。
He wnet to the countryside for his holidays.他去乡村度假。
He went to America for a visit .他去美国进行一次访问。
比较：holiday, vacation, leave
holiday 与vacation一般可通用，但vacation侧重于长时间的假期，如: summer vacation, holiday 可长可短。leave 指政府工作人员或士兵的假期，也可用于指因事（病）而请的假。如: ask for leave 请假，a sick leave of three days 三天的病假 on one condition
该介词短语意为“规定一个条件”。如： He allowed me to do it on one condition.
on condition that这是一短语连词（=only if）,引导条件状语从句。如：I’ll give you the day off on condition that you work on Saturday morning. on one‘s arrival… 该词组意为“一到达??就??”（= on arriving?）。如：
On her arrival she helped me to prepare supper.
on one’s way to?正在到??，动身往??，在往??的路上
He was on his way to school when suddenly a policeman stopped him.
他正在上学的路上就在这时一个警察截住了他。 They telephoned to say that they were on the way, but they might be late.
他们打电话说他们正在路上，但他们可能来晚。 I called on a friend of mine on my way back. 我在回来的路上拜访了我的一个朋友。
You mustn‘t forget to call in at Brown‘s on the way home.
你千万别忘了在回家的路上到布朗先生家拜访。 拓展：by the way顺便说；in the way挡道；in a way 某种意义上；lose one’s way迷路；by way of 途经，经由；work one’s way 通过苦干??；no way决不；make one’s way 前进；all the way to?一路至?? on+身体部位
lay the person on one’s back让这个人仰卧着； lie on one’s back/stomach/side仰卧/趴着/侧着身躺着；
sleep on one’s side 侧身睡； stand on one foot 一条脚站着； stand on one’s head倒立 [应用]完成句子
①她趴在床上，哭个不停。
She ______ _______ ______ ______in the bed,crying all the while
②你想倒立几个小时是很不容易的。
It‘s difficult for you to _____ ______ ______ ______ for several hours.
Key:①lay, on, her, stomach ②stand,on, your,head
on the air/in the air/by air/in the open air
on the air表示(用无线电、电视)播送节目。如： What’s on the air this evening?今晚的广播内容是什么？
These programmes come on the air everyday. 这些节目每天广播。
其反义词为go off the air“停止广播”。如
This radio station goes off the air at midnight.这家广播电台于午夜停止广播。
in the air表示“在空中、在流传中、（问题，计划等）悬而未决（未确定的）、充满了（某种）气氛”。
高考英语复习知识点概要
如：
There was dampness in the air.空气潮湿。
Bofore the matter was publicly announced, it had long been in the air.这件事在公诸于世之前早就传得满城风雨了。
The plan is quite in the air.这个计划还很渺茫。 The Spring Festival was in the air for weeks before.几周前就充满了春节的气氛。 by air 表示“乘飞机、由航空”。如
He went to Shanghai by air.他乘飞机去上海. in the open air 表示“在户外、在露天里”。如： People love life in the open air.人们喜欢露天生活。 on the point of…
该短语常在句中作表语，意为“正要（去做某事）”，意思相当于be about to do sth.。如：
We were on the point of calling him up when he came.
对于point名词应掌握它的用法如下：
①if/when it comes to the point如果/当时机到来（时）如：
When it comes to the point,he refused to help.
②from sb.’s point of view从某人的角度来看如： Try to look at school from the child‘s point of view. once; 1)意为“曾经”时，侧重“有一次”的意思，是副词在句中做状语，如：Once he owned a large house . 他曾经拥有一所大房子。 注意：once与ever的区别 ever常用于疑问句，有时可用于过去分词前，多在完成时态中。在句中可译为“曾经”，有时不需翻译。如：
Have you ever been there ?你去过那儿吗？
The largest tree ,ever found there ,is one about 500 years old .那儿发现的最大的树有大约500年树龄了。
2)意为“一旦”时，用作连词引起从句。如： Once you go there ,buy a book for me .
Once you began, you couldn’t stop. 一旦开始，你就不能停。
Once you object to a man, everything he does is wrong. 一旦你反对一个人，那么他做的一切都是错的。
对比：once强调条件意味；as soon as强调时间的紧接
As soon as you come to Beijing, please let me know. 你一来北京就请告诉我。
once more:once again再一次；又一次。 ①Read after me once more.再跟我读一遍。
②I’d like to see him once more.我想再见他一面。 one after another一个一个地，表示数量多并连续出
现
School was over and students went out of the school gate one after another.
放学了，学生们一个接一个地走出校门。 对比：one by one表示按顺序逐个进行或出现 Don‘t hurry! You should enter the office one by one.
不要着急，你们应该一个个地走进办公室。
拓展：by and by一点一点地，逐渐地 little by little一点一点地
step by step 一步一步地，循序渐进地 one…the other, some…others
one?the other相当于one?one,表示两者中的“一个。另一个”；some?others表示许多中的“一些，另外一些”；some?the others表示“一些，其余所有的”。对比：
He has two companise. One is in China and the other is in the States.
他有两家公司，一家在中国，另一家在美国。 In winter, some birds will fly away, and others wills stay here.冬天，一些鸟飞走了，另外一些留了下来。 Some stamps are new, and the others are all ones. 有些邮票是新的，其余全是用过的。 [应用]选择正确答案。
①Some people like to stay at home on Sunday, but _______like to go to the cinema.(NMET’85)
A.another B.other C.others D.other one
②Of the three foreign guests, one is from London,_________two are from New York.(80年高考)
key:①C ②B open
1)用作动词动词：打开门，经营、开办 ：open a door/window/a small shop/one’s hand/one’s eyes/one’s mouth/fire开门/开窗/开一家小商店/张开手/睁开眼/张开嘴/开火；be opened to traffic通车；open up开采（发）
Now,he opens a small factory of his own.现在他自己办了个厂。
Open the door, please!请开门！ 2）用作形容词,表状态，“开着的”：keep open开着门；be open开门、开业；cut?open切开；leave the door open 开着门；in the open air 在野外；an open secret公开的秘密；keep one’s eyes open睁眼
Don‘t keep the door open.
高考英语复习知识点概要
别让门开着（即：请把门关上）。 [应用]选择正确答案
3) be open to对??开放
Many school libraries are open to children on Sundays.
不少学校的图书馆周日给孩子们开放。
①John was so sleepy that he could hardly keep his eyes________.(MET’92)
A.open B.to be opened C.to open D.opening ②Some new oilfields ________since 1976.
A.were opened up B.has been opened up
C.have been opened up D.had been opened up
③The computer center, _________ last year,is very popular among the students in this school. A.open B.opening C.having opened D.opened Key:①A ②C ③D open up
(1)开门，展开，打开
open up = open the door开门 open up the parcel打开包裹 (2)（景色等的）展现
A beautiful view opened up before us. 一幅美景展现在我们面前。 (3)开发，开辟，创建
open up a new situation / a bright future / more waste land
开创一个新局面/美好的前程/开辟更多荒地 (4)吐露真情
She never opened up to me on the subject. 关于那个问题，她从未对我开诚布公。 or else = other wise = if not否则 Hurry up or else you‘ll be late. 快点，否则人会迟到的。
Study hard or else you won‘t pass the exam. 努力学习，否则你会考试不及格的。
Put on more clothes or else you’ll catch a cold.多穿些衣服，否则你会感冒的。 order food 叫食物 order n.&vt./vi.订购??
place an order for sth.订购?? order sth.from?向??订购??
order sb.sth. ?order sth.for sb.为某人订购?? I have ordered you some new clothes. owe ①表示“欠钱，欠债”，用于owe sth.to sb.或owe sb. sth.结构。如：
We still owe over 1,000 yuan to Lao Wang. 我们还欠老王1000多元钱。
②用于引申意义，表示“欠情，感恩，感激，归功于”。如：
I owe thanks to Annie or this priceless gift of speech. 我感激安妮给了我说话能力这个无价之宝。
If I have improved in English, I owe it to my teacher. [应用]完成句子
①她仍欠裁缝上周做衣服的钱。
She still________ the tailor_________ the clothes she had last week.
②他现在还活着是多亏了你。
He ________ it__________you that he is still alive. Key:①owes, for ②owes, to
owe?to?应该把??归功于??；欠??的情 I owe a great to my parents. 我欠父母的情很多。
He owes his success to good luck. 他的成功全造运气。
I owe thanks to you for your help. 我得谢谢你帮助我。 拓展：owing to由于
The old professor couldn‘t attend the meeting owing to illness.
老教授因病不能参加会议。 part-time
It is a good idea to start a part-time job. 做一项兼职的工作是个好主意。 pass 短语归纳
pass sth.down把某物一代一代传下去；pass sth.on将某物传、交给某人；pass away逝世； pass by路过，忽视；pass sb. sth./pass sth.to sb.把某物递给某人；pass the exam/test/law通过考试/测验/法律 注意：past是介词“过，经过”或名词“过去”；passed是pass的过去式和过去分词。如：
half past six六点半；in the past few years在过去的几年里；Two weeks passed.两周的时间过去了。He walked past the gate.他从大门口走过。 [应用]完成句子
①去年他母亲去世了。His mother _________ __________ last year.
②这戒指是我家传来来的。This ring_________ __________ _________ __________in my family. ③那本书你看完了给我。__________the book_________ ________me when you’ve finished it.
高考英语复习知识点概要
④那个年轻人听到这个消息，由于震惊昏了过去。 When the young man heard the news. he________ _________with the shock.
Key:①passed, away ②has, been, passed, down③Pass, on, to ④passed, out pass?(to?)将??递给，传达
Please pass me the bread and butter.请递给我面包奶油。
Pass the word to him that Napolean will come himself.把拿破仑要亲自来的消息告诉他。 拓展：（1）vi.走过，通过Because of the large crowd in the street the truck was unable to pass. 因为大街上人很多，卡车无法通过。 (2)n.通行证
Nobody can go into the hall without a pass.没有通行证，任何人不准进入大厅。
pay for 付??的货款，为??付代价 pay off 全部还清，偿请（借款）
①Did you pay 300 yuan to him for that bicycle?②I have just paid off my loan from the bank. ③You’ll have to pay for your mistakes. perform, performance
perform 是动词“履行，表演”，而performance是名词“表演，演出”。如:perform a task/an operation/one’s duties/a play/a part做工作/做手术/尽责任/上演一出戏/演一个角色；perform to sb.对某人表演；give a performance演出；
对比：act/play a part扮演角色；put on a play上演一出戏
[应用]完成句子
①他们总是很耐心地做实验They always________their experiments_________great patience.
②今晚演出什么戏？What play_______ _______ _______tonight?
③这位歌唱家以前从未在北京演唱过。The singer has never________in Beijing_______.
Key:①perform,with②will,be,performed③performed,before
perform exercises to music. 短语意为“伴随音乐做体操”，从中可知“do sth. to music”判决书为“伴随音乐做某事”。如：
She likes dancing to music.她喜欢随着音乐跳舞。 permission短语归纳
ask for permission请求许可；
ask sb.for permission to do sth.请求某人允许做某事；ask permission to do sth.请求得到允许做某事； give sb.permission to do sth.允许某人做； with one’s permission经某人允许； without one’s permission 未经允许；
如：You have to ask the teacher for permission to do that.你应该得到老师的同意再去做那件事。
You have to ask permission to go there.你应该请求许可到那里去。 [应用]选择正确答案
No permission has _______ for anybody to enter the building. (MET‘88)
A.been given B.given C.to give D.be giving Key:A Permit
a driving permit
该词组意为“驾驶执照”，词组里permit是名词，意为“许可证”，“执照”。如：
You won‘t get into the conference hall without a permit. personally
(1)就我个人来说(= in my personal opinion)，用于表示个人的意见，通常于句首。
Personally, I don‘t see much difference between the two.
就我个人来讲，这两者没多大差别。 (2)亲自
The manager went personally to the hospital to see the worker who was seriously ill.
经理亲自去医院看望患重病的工人。 拓展：person/ c. /人personal adj.个人的 personality / c. u. / 个性，品格；人物 persuade vt.说服
①persuade sb. 劝说某人
②persuade sb. to do 说服某人做某事 ③persuade sb. into doing 说服某人做某事 ④persuade sb. out of 说服某人放弃某事 Do you think you can persuade me? 你以为你能说服我吗？
She has persuaded her husband to give up smoking and drinking.她已说服自己的丈夫戒烟戒酒。 The young man was persuaded out of the wrong idea.那位年轻人被说服放弃了那种错误的想法。 pick out认出；显眼；挑选
Can you pick out your brother in the crowd? 你能在人群中认出你弟弟吗?
Ｔhe houses in the painting picked out in white. 画上的房子以白色而显得醒目。
It’s so beautiful！How did you pick it out? 这么漂亮！你是怎么挑出来的？
高考英语复习知识点概要
pick up
(1)捡起；捡起。The naughty boy picked up a stone and threw it at the dog.那调皮的孩子捡起块石头向狗扔去。
（2）用车接；中途顺便搭人接物。
①I’ll pick you up at the school gate.我用车到校门口接你。
②On her way home,she went to the nursery to pick up her son.回家的路上，她顺便到托儿所接她儿子。 （3）接收（相当于receive）。
It’s easy for my radio to pick up VOA.我的收音机接收美国之音很容易。
play vt. n. 弹，奏；打，玩
play the piano 弹钢琴 play the music演奏音乐
play basketball 打篮球 play games 玩游戏 play the game 守信用 play cards 打牌 play with 拿??来玩
play an important part it 起重要作用
at play 在玩耍；在赌博 at the play 看戏 pleasure n.荣幸；愿意
It’s my pleasure to help you.愿意为你效劳。
It’s a pleasure for me to be invited to the party.应邀参加晚会我深感荣幸。
Plenty of 许多；大量。既可修饰可数名词，又可修饰不可数名词。
①There is plenty of rain here in china.在中国这个地方雨量充足。
②Plenty of trees have been planted along the road.路旁种了很多树。
表示“许多；大量”之意，用来修饰名词的词和词组可以分为三类: many many a
a great/good many +可数名词 (1) scores of
agreat/good/large number of numbers of
much
a great/good deal of
(2) a large/great amount of +不可数名词 large/great amounts of a lot of
lots of
(3) plenty of +可数或不可数名词 a large/great quantity of large/great quantities of
point out 指出（to+n.）
The teacher pointed out my mistakes to me. point+(n.)+at/to/toward+n. 指向，对着??；显示
He quietly pointed his gun at the deer. practice
Practice makes perfect . 熟能生巧。 practical, real , true practical 指“实践的”，“实际的”，“讲求实际的”，如：practical activities 实践活动 practical work 实际工作
She is a practical woman.她是位讲求实际的妇女。 Real“真实的”，“实在的”，表示实际存在的意义，如：
real silk 真丝his real name 他的真名 true “真的”，指某种事实，故事，消息，信息，朋友等是真的，如：a true story 一个真实的故事 praise短语归纳
praise可用作名词或动词，均表示“赞扬，表扬”。如：sing high praise for高度赞扬；praise sb. for因??而赞扬其人；receive praise from sb.得到某人的称赞；win high praise受到高度赞扬；give praise to sb.表扬某人。 [应用]完成句子
①校长高度赞扬了他的勇敢行为。
The headmaster_________ _________ ________ ________his brave deed.
②他经常帮助别人，因而得到同学们的赞扬。 He often helps others, so he __________ __________ _________his classmates.
Key: ①sang, high, praise, for ②receives praise, from
prefer宁愿，更喜欢 1)接名词、代词
Which do you prefer, rice or bread? I would prefer rice.
米饭和面包你更愿意吃什么？我宁愿吃米饭。 2)接不定式
Jake preferred to have some Chinese food. 杰克更喜欢吃中餐。 3)接动名词
I prefer doing some writing in my spare time. 我更喜欢业余时间写点什么。 4)跟不定式的复合结构
I should prefer you not to stay there too long.
高考英语复习知识点概要
我希望你不要在那里呆太久。
5)接that从句（从句中用should型虚拟语气） We prefer that we (should)have the discussion after the lecture.
我们宁愿一听完课就讨论。 6)用于特殊句型：
①prefer?to?宁愿??不愿，与??相比更喜欢（后接名词、代词、动名词） I prefer popular songs to folk songs. 和民歌相比我更喜欢流行歌曲。 She prefers singing to dancing. 跳舞和唱歌她更喜欢唱歌。
②prefer-rather than?宁愿??而不愿（prefer后接带to 的不定式，rather than后省略to） I prefer to write my letter rather than type it. 我宁愿写而不愿打印这封信。 prepare
prepare a plan/cards/a meal/one’s lessons 准备一个计划/卡片/一顿饭/备课；prepare sb.sth./prepare sth.for sb.为某人准备某物；prepare to do sth.准备做某事；prepare sb.for使某人对??进行准备；make preparations for 为做准备： 辩析：
①prepare one’s lessons(指教师)备课；prepare for one’s lossons (指学生)准备功课 ②prepare for “为??做准备”，侧重指动作；be(get)prepared for “对某事从物质上，心理上做好了准备”是系结构，表示状态。对比：We are preparing for the final exam我们正在为期末考试做准备。/We are well prepared for the final exam.这次期末考试我们已完全做好了准备。 [应用]完成句子
①爸爸为我们准备了一顿丰盛的午饭。
Father _______ _____ a good lunch./Father ______ a good lunch______ us.
②明天是儿童节。孩子们在准备去爬山。
Tomorrow is Children‘s Day. The children are ______ _____ _____climbing.
③我们必须让所有的人为可能的洪水做好准备。 We must_______ all the people______ the possible flood.
④外交部长对这样的问题没有思想准备。
The Foreign Minister ______ not______for such questions.
Key:①prepared,us/prepared,for②preparing, to ,go ③prepare,for ④was,prepared prepare sb.for…
该短语意为“使某人对??进行准备”。如： Mother is preparing me for my journey.
prepare 作为动词，既是及物动词，又是不及物动词且常与for连用。如：
Mother asked my sister to prepare lunch. present
be present at 出席
How many people were present at the meeting?多少人出席了会议？ 拓展：present(1)n.礼物
What present do you want for Christmas this year? 今年圣诞节你想要什么礼物？ (2)v.赠予
Now that the sports meet is over, our principal will present the prize.
既然运动会已结束，我们校长将颁奖。 (3)adj.现在的，目前的
I‘m not going to buy a car at the present high prices.
以目前的高价，我不打算买小汽车了。 (4)presently(adv.) = soon She will be here presently. 她不久就会来。 (5)常用短语：
at the present time = at present目前，现在 for the present暂时 pretend to be a lawyer
该结构中pretend 意为“装扮”，“装假”，后跟不定式或宾语从句。其中不定式（有时态变化）是试题中的重点考查形式。如：
When mother came in, be pretended to be writing . price n. 价格。常用结构：
（1）at a high/low price以高价/低价
He is very happy because he bought a new car at a low price.因为低价买了一部新车，所有他很高兴。 （2）英语中买卖的物品以“贵、贱”论，即expensive/dear或cheap;物品的价格以“高、低”论,即high或low.
—Your new car only cost you 20,000 dollars. It’s really cheap.你的新车只花了2万美元，真便宜。 —Yes, the price is very low indeed.是啊价格确实很低。
（3）提问price 时应用what(多少) 。
What’s the price of that dress?那件衣服多少钱?相当于：How much is that dress?/How much 需用what提问“多少”的还有population/area/size/length/width/height/weight等名词。
高考英语复习知识点概要
prison
throw(cast, put)sb.into(to)prison, take sb.to prison 把某人关入监狱.
区别：in prison与in the prison前者表示“坐牢、服法、服刑”；后者表示“在一所监狱”，有可能是在看望囚犯，也可能是监管人员。
Tom’s brother was put(thrown、cast)into prison because of murderer,and he will be in prison for thirty years.
汤姆的哥哥因犯谋杀罪而被关进监狱，他将在监狱服刑三十年。 progress
(1)vi.进展，发展
Space research has progressed greatly. 空间研究已经取得了很大进展。
(2) n. make great / little / no / much progress He has made rapid progress in English this term. 这学期他英语进步很快。
Tom is not making much progress at school. 汤姆在学校进步不大。 promise sb. to do sth. allow/permit sb. to do sth. 允许/答应某人做某事
分析：二者的汉语意思一样。但用法有区别，请看例子：
My father promised me to give up smoking. 我爸爸答应我戒烟。（是“爸爸”戒烟，而不是“我”戒烟。即：动词不定式是主语发出的动作） My father doesn’t permit/allow me to smoke.我爸爸不允许我抽烟。
在此结构中，动词不定式是宾语发出的动作。 另外，两者的结构区别如下： promise to do sth.（后跟不定式）
allow/permit doing sth.（后跟动名词） 例：I promised to help him with his English.
Drinking wine is not allowed /permitted in our school.
pronounce t. i. 发??音；发音。名词形式为pronunciation.
①How do you puonounce the word?这个单词你怎么发音？
②This letter in the word doesn’t pronounce. 这个单词中的这个字母不发音。
Provide sb.with sth.供给某人?? provide it 供给??，提供?? provide:
n.eg.The hotel will provie tents. n.+for sb. ?sb.+with sth. eg.They provide food and books for the children.
?They provide the children with food and books.
provide for赡养，抚养
He had to provide for a big family supply vt.提供??供给?? n. supply
sth.to sb. ?sb.with sth.
They didn‘t supply those children with books for studying. ?
They didn‘t supply books to those children for studying.
provide vt. 提供；供给
①provide n. for ②provide n. with
The government provided food and houses for those who were homeless.
政府给无家可归的人提供食宿。
The school provides the students with textbooks. /The school provides textbooks for the students. 学校为学生提供课本。 17.come to 达到，共计
The total cost of repairs came to about $100. 修理费总计约100美元。
The things I bought came to 100 yuan. 我购物总计花了100元。
The cost of the trip totaled/came to/added up to 1000 dollars.
这次旅行的费用共计1000美元。 put on /pull on/wear/have on /dress/in (1)put on 和pull on 穿上；戴上。相当于及物动词，以衣物作宾语，着重于穿、戴的动作。put on 为普通用语；pull on多用于穿袜子、戴手套或比较随便地穿上。
①It’s cold outside.You’d better put on your hat.外面很冷，你最好戴上帽子。
②She put /pulled on her coat and went out of the room hurriedly.她穿上大衣，匆忙地走了。 (2)wear 和have on 穿着；戴着。相当于及物动词，有衣物作宾语，着重于穿、戴的状态。have on不用于进行时态。
①He always wears/has on black shoes.她一直穿着黑鞋。
②She is wearing/has on a red coat她穿着红大衣。 (3)dress 穿；戴。可用作及物动词，以人作宾语，即dress sb.（给某人穿衣）；也可用作不及物动词。既可强调动作，又可表示状态，表示状态时常用
高考英语复习知识点概要
be dressed in 结构。此外dress还可用作名词。 ①Mary is dressing her daughter.玛丽正给她女儿穿衣服。
②She usually dresses well.她总是穿得很好。 ③He is dressed in a black jacket.他穿着黑上衣。 (4)in 穿着；戴着。是介词，以衣物或表示颜色的名词作宾语，表示状态。构成的介词短词可作表语或定语。
①My brother is in a blue jacket.我弟弟穿着蓝上衣。 ②The boy in a blue jacket is my brother.穿蓝上衣的孩子是我弟弟。
③My brother is in blue.我弟弟穿着蓝衣服。 put out
使熄灭，扑灭，吹灭；发出；生产，出版；
It book the firefighters more than three hours to put out the big fire.
消防队员花了三个多小时扑灭了这场大火。 The book will be put out soon. 这本书将很快出版。
The police have put out a general call to the public. 警察局向群众发出通知。
The company put out 13 new machines every week.
这个公司每周生产13台机器。
The government will put out a new statement next week.
政府下一周将发表一项新的声明。 常用词组：put down 记下，写下，镇压 put up 举起，张贴，修建
put on 上演，穿上，戴上 put away 储存，收拾起来
put aside 存储，留下 put off推迟，延期 put up with忍受
对比：come out（vi.）bring out（vt.）publish（vt.）出版
put sb. to the trouble(of doing sth.)给某人添麻烦，使某人为做某事而为难，trouble是不可数名词。如： They didn’t want to put me to the trouble of meeting them at the station.他们不想麻烦我去车站接他们。 question (1)n.问题。
①Let me ask you a question.让我问你个问题。 ②He has decided tha question.他解决了这个问题。 (2)vt.质问；询问。
①He was questioned by the teacher.他受到老师的质问。
②I question the truth of the story.我怀疑这个故事的真实性。 question vt.询问，盘问，提问 You have no right to question me. 你无权盘问我。
He was questioned by the police. 警察盘问了他。
The teacher question us on verbs. 老师就动词考问我们。
常用短语：ask sb. a question问某人问题 question（v.）sb. on就??提问某人 beyond（all）question毫无疑问 out of question（certainly）毫无疑问 without question毫无疑问
out of the question（quite impossible）不可能 祈使句+and+陈述句
1）这种结构可以替换成“条件句+陈述句”。如：
Work hard,and you‘ll be successful in time./If you work hard,you will be successful in time. 只要你努力，一定会成功。
注意：祈使句后and可替换成then.
2）祈使句+or+否定陈述句=否定条件句+否定陈述句。如：
Get ready or you won‘t pass the test./ If you don‘t get ready,you won‘t pass the test.
做好准备，要不你小测验不会及格的。 注意：祈使句后的or可替换成otherwise. quite,rather与名词连用时冠词的位置
quite, rather表示“相当”意义与名词连用时，a/an可放在之前，亦可之后；但the 必须置于它们的前面。如:quite a big house/a quite big house相当大的一套房子。如：a quite easy problem/quite an easy problem相当容易的一个问题；a rather good player /rather a good player相当不错的一名运动员；the rather/quite tall tree 那棵相当高的树。 [应用]完成句子 ①今天相当冷。
It‘s _____ _____ cold day today. ②他是个相当不错的艺术家。 He is ______ ______ _______artist. Key: ①rather,a ②quite,a ,good raise, rise
①raise是及物动词，后接宾语，可用于被动语态。表示把人或物提高到较高的位置（水平），即指具体的物，又用于抽象意义。如：
raise one‘s hand/head/eyes/a stone/the flag/one‘s pay/ the
price/one‘s voice
举起手/抬起头/往上看/举起石头/升旗/提高工资/
高考英语复习知识点概要
提价/声音大点。
②rise是不及物动词，不能接宾语，无被动语态，表示“上升，升起，起身，起立，起床，增长”等意义。如：river rise河水涨；price rise 物价上涨；rise from one’s seat从座位上站起来；rise early早起。
短语：raise a shout of joy高兴地喊起；
raise chickens/horses/children/a question养鸡/养马/养育孩子/提出问题；rise up起义，奋起反抗；get a rise /raise增加工资。 [应用]完成句子
①他站在那儿注视着国旗缓缓升起。
He stood there watching the flag_______ ________. ②价格涨到10美元。
The price_________ _________to 10 dollars./The price_______ to 10 dollars.
③不久就能看到蒸气从湿衣服上冒出来。
Soon steam can be seen __________ from the wet clothes.
④他要求老板加薪。
He asked the boss fo_________ ________. Key:①being, raised ②was raised /rose ③rising ④a, rise(raise) rather
1)注意下列词的程度
a bit/ a little→slightly→rather→much→completely→quite
2)rather 修饰形容词加名词时，若有冠词a 或an , 则rather 在冠词前、后皆可。如：It was rather a cold day . = It was a rather cold day. 3）rather和fairly
rather表示不接受性，为否定意义；fairly 表示接受性，为肯定意义。如：
It’s rather cold today .（不愉快） It’s fairly warm today .（心中舒服）
4) rather +比较级；rather/ much/ far+too+adj./adv, 而fairly,quite ,very 则不能。如：I did rathre better in the exam. That’s rather too difficult. 5) rather than 而不是如：
He , rather than you, is to be punished . 是他而不是你要受惩罚。
I decided to write rather than (to)telephone.我决定写信而不是打电话。
还可用于下面两种结构。
① would do sth . rather than do sth .= would rather do sth. than do sth .宁愿做某事而不愿做某事。 ② prefer to do sth . rather than do sth .（意义同上）
reach sth./reach for sth.
(1)reach sth.表示“够得着某物”，reach是及物动词。如：reach the top of the shelf够得着架子顶部；reach the apple on the tree够得着树上的苹果。 (2)reach for sth.表示“伸手（脚）去够某物”，其中的reach是不及物动词。亦可替换成reach out for sth.或reach out one’s hand(foot)for sth.，意义相同。 (3)reach还可用作不及物动词表示“延伸”。如：The woods reach as far as the river.树林子延伸到河边。
(4)短语：reach an agreement达成协议；
beyond/out of one’s reach够不着，力所不及； out of the reach of sb.某人够不着；
within one’s reach够得着，力所能及。 [应用]完成句子
①他伸手去够树枝，但是够不着。
He ______ ______ the stick but could not_______it. ②你最好把吃的东西放在小孩够得着的地方。 You‘d better have the food _______the boy‘s ________.
Key:①reached, for, reach ②within, reach ready
be ready to do sth.（=be willing to do sth.）乐意做某事
Tom is always ready to help others. 汤姆总是乐于助人。
If I‘ve made any mistake, I‘m ready to apologize. 如果我有错误，我愿意道歉。 realize vt.意识到；实现
realize one’s mistake 认识到自己的错误 realize one’s meanings 领会某人的意思
I didn’t realize that my English was limited until I was abroad.直到出国以后我才意识到自己的英语水平很有限。
She managed to realize her dream at last. 她终于设法实现了梦想。
reason
for this/that reason因为这个/那个原因：for no good reason没有正当的理由；for a simple reason因为一个很简单的原因；for some political reasons因为政治原因；for the reason of health由于健康原因；give a reason提供理由。
注意：reason词后的表语从句用that引导，定语从句多用why引导，偶尔用which引导。 [应用]用适当的连词填空
高考英语复习知识点概要
①His reason for being late was________he missed the bus.
②The reason__________he didn’t come to school was that he was ill.
③The doctor gave reason________ couldn’t explain the failure of the operation.
Key :①that ②why ③which/that recognize vt.辨认出；承认
Do you recognize his hand writing ?你能认出他的笔迹吗？
They recognized him to be a great leader.他们承认他是一位伟大领袖。
He didn’t recognize that he had made a big mistake.他不承认自己犯下了大错。 reduce
reduce the number of减少??的数量；
reduce the cost/one’s weight/the price/speed降低成本/减肥/降价/减速
注意：reduce是increase的反义词。与by连用表示“减少了多少”；与to连用则表示“减少到多少”。 [应用]完成句子
①今年吸烟人数已减少了30%
The number of smokers has been reduced _________30%.
②现在一辆自行车的成本已降低到50美元。
Now the cost of a bike has been reduced _______50 dollars.
Key:①by ②to refer to, refer…to
1）refer 可用作及物动词，用于refer? to,表示“将??提交给”。如：
refer this problem to the school把这个问题提交学校；
refer the matter to the United Nations.将这件事情提交联合国
2)refer表示“谈到，涉及；查阅，参考，指”时是不及物动词，需用refer to结构。如：
The book which you referred to is not in the library. 你所指的那本书不在图书馆。
His report refers to the situation in the Middle East. 他的报告谈到中东的形势。
短语：refer to the map/one’s notes/the dictionary 查阅地图/参考笔记/查字典
注意：look up word in the dictionary 查字典
对比：refer to 指语言、内容与某人（物）有关；而point to表示用手指向某人（物）。如： I didn‘t know whom she was referring to. 我不知道她指的是谁。
She pointed to the map and explained to the students. 她指着地图给学生做出解释。 [应用]完成句子
①我在加拿大时，一位朋友经常提起白求恩大夫。 A friend of mine often ______ _______ Dr.Bethune when I was in Canada.
②两国把这件事提交给了联合国。
The two countries. _______the matter _______the United Nations.
Key:①referred,to ②referred,to rely on / upon相信，信赖
He relied on his parents‘ advice. 他相信父母的劝告。
I rely on you to tell me all about it.
我要靠你把这件事的来龙去脉告诉我。 Such people are not to be relied on. 这样的人是靠不住的。
对比：rely on / upon指由过去的经验，使人相信对方必定能完成所交代的事情；depend on指依赖别人的支持或援助；trust(in)指深信绝对不会发生被出卖或令人失望的事情。
I rely on his ability.我相信她的能力。
She depends on her friends to make a decision. 她依靠朋友帮她做决定。 He is a man to be trusted. 他是一个可以信赖的人。
It depends on whether you want to do it or not.这得看你是否想做。 remain
(1)vi剩下；（人）留下，逗留 The fact remains that she is a liar. 她是个说谎者的事实仍在。
They went off but she remained three days in that country.
他们走了，而她在那上国家逗留了三天。
(2)link v.（continue to be）+pred.（表语）(n./adj./pres. p. /past. p/ prep.p等) The weather remains cold and wet. 天气依然寒冷潮湿。
Pollution in the city remains a problem. 这个城市的污染依然是个问题。
You can‘t let your room remain like this. 你不能让房间一直这样。
①He remained silent at the meeting.在会上他一言
高考英语复习知识点概要
不发。
②His books remain very new because he hardly read them。他的书仍然很新，因为他几乎没读。 对比：remain既指人逗留在一定场所，也指物逗留在一定场所或保持原来的形状或状态，或暗示纵使别人离去，自己仍然留下来。Stay会话用语，只表示人逗留在一定场所
e.g. Let‘s stay here until he appears. 让我们留下来等他到来。
拓展：remaining adj.剩下的the remaining money = the money left剩余的钱
remainings n.（复数）剩余（物），残骸，遗迹 the remains of ancient Rome 古罗马的遗迹
the remainder（of）=the rest（of）剩下的东西/其余的人 remain;stay
remain vi.逗留、保持；指人（也可指物）逗留在一定的场所，也指物保持原来的形状或状态。 stay 逗留；仅指人（不可用物）逗留在一定场所。 How many weeks shall you remain/stay here?你将在此地停留多久？
I shall remain/stay to see the end of the game.我将留下来看比赛的结果。
Let it remain as it is .听其自然.
It remained unharmed.它仍然无损。
remain+表语（名词、形容词、不定式、分词和分词短语）意为“保持??、仍是??” 作“剩下、遗留”讲，用remain。如：
after the fire, nothing remained to the house.大火过后，屋子所剩无几。
If you take two from four, two remains.四减二剩二。 remind,remember
remind表示“提醒，使记起，使想起”，可接复合宾语，that从句或与of连用；而remember意为“记得（做）某事”，主语必须是人。如：
He reminded me to answer the letter as early as possible.
He reminded me that I would answer the letter as early as possible.他提醒我尽早回信。
This photo reminds me of my childhood.这张照片使我想起了我的童年。
Do you remember the advice I gave you?你记得我给你的忠告吗？ [应用]完成句子
①这使我想起我们假日里一同做过的事。
This _______ _______ ______what we did together during our holidays.
②我还记得小时候被带着去北京的事情。 I still______ _______ _______to Beijing when I was a child.
Key:①reminds,me,of ②remember,being,taken remove sth.to?把??移向?? remove it去除；脱掉? remove sb.(sth.)from+n. remove+n.+(from+n+to+n.)
You should remove your coat in the warm room. repair
1)用作名词，表示“修理，维修”。 ①可用单数和复数形式，但不和数词或不定冠词连用。This car
needs a lot of repairs before you can use it. 这部汽车需要大修之后才能使用。/The repair of the ship cost much money.这艘轮船的修理花了很多钱。 ②短语：make repairs/do repairs 修理（必须用复数）；under repair 在修理；be out of repair失修 2)用作动词，仍作“修理、维修”解。 repair,mend,fix三者的区别。
①repair多指修理的物体较庞大，构造较复杂或损坏严重的东西。如：repair a bridge/house/car/TV set/watch修桥/房子/汽车/电视/手表。习惯上可用于指补鞋，但不用于指补衣服。
②mend 多用于指修理的物体较小，结构较简单的日常用具，或缝补衣服、袜子等。如：mend a shoe/sock/basket/box/pen补鞋/袜子/篮球/修补箱子/修钢笔。
③fix 是美国英语，可与repair替换。如：fix a machine/chair/typewriter修机器/椅子/打字机。 [应用]完成句子
①游泳池今天不开放，因为正在维修。
The swimming pool won‘t be open today because they are_____.
②这座房子已经是年久失修了。
This house has been____ ______ _____ for many years。
③你过不去，大桥正在维修。
You can‘t go through because the bridge is _____ _____.
Key:①making, repairs②out,of, repair③under repair或:being, repaired reply;answer
reply和answer均可解作“回答、答道”，但用法有别。reply用做不及物动词时，可用reply to sb./sth.;作及物动词后跟直接引语或宾语从句，但不能直接跟人或物作宾语。如：
Please reply to my question.请回答我的问题。
高考英语复习知识点概要
He replied that he knew the news.他回答说他知道这消息。
answer 用作及物动词，可直接跟名词或代词作宾语，而reply应加to才可接名词或代词。如： He answered the examination paper quite well.他考卷答得很好。
fail to reply to a question/letter未能回答问题/回信 request
request 用作名词，也可用作动词，均表示“请求”。如：
make a request for?请求、要求得到??；request sth.from sb.向某人要求某物；request sb.to do sth.请求某人做某事；request that?(从句中应使用should型虚拟语气，should可省略)； [应用]完成句子
①下岗工人请求得到帮助。
The workers out of work______ ______ ______ ______help.
②要求学生们不要触摸实验室里的任何东西。 Students_______ ________not to touch anything in the lab.
③我父母要求我再学一门外语。
My parents requested that______ ______ _______a second foreign language.
My parents_______me______ ______a second foreign language.
Key:①made,a,request,for ②are,requested ③I,should,learn/requested,to,learn respect
（1）vt.尊重；重视；遵守。
①You should respect the teachers.你们应尊敬老师。 ②Everyone must respect the law.人人都应守法 （2）n.尊敬；请安；问候。
①We have been told to show respect for our elder.父母教导我们必须尊敬长辈。
②My father sends his respects to your parents.我父亲向你父母问好。
right now = at the moment ,at present 眼下，现在 比较：right away = right off ,immediately, at once , in no time 马上，立刻
ring up n.给??打电话
Could you please ring me up as soon as you come back?
请你一回来就给我打电话好吗？
Please ring up the train station and find out whether the train from Guangzhou has arrived or not.
请给火车站打个电话看看广州来的火车到站没有。 “打电话”的其他表达法： ①call up sb. ②telephone sb.
③telephone to sb. ④make a telephone call to sb. ring构成的其他短语：
ring back回电话 ring off(= hang off)挂断电话；停止讲话
（反义词）hold on不挂断（电话） ring the doorbell 按门铃 Role
play the role of…
该短语意为“扮演??角色”（=play a part of?）。如：
In this film he will play the role of a policeman. room,space
room,space都可以用作不可数名词，表示“空间，余地”。另外，room
有“房间”之意，可数；space有“太空”之意，不可数。常用短语：live a room 5住在5号房间；three rooms三个房间；take up much room占很多空间；standing room 立足之地；in space 在太空 [应用]单句改错
①There is much rooms for improvement in our work.
②There isn’t enough spaces in this classroom for 30 desks.
③The universe exists in the space, as we all know. Key: ①改rooms为room ②改spaces为space ③去掉space前的the run out, run out of
二者均表示“用完、耗尽”，但run out不及物，同give out, run short;而run out of及物，相当于use up, run short of。对比：Money is running out.钱快用光了。We’re running out of money.我们的钱快用光了。
All the money has given out./All the money has been used up.所有的钱已花光。
The oil is running short.油快用完了。
He is running short of oil.他快把油用完了。 [应用]一句多译：两周过去了，他们的食品用完了。 Key:Two weeks passed, and their food ran out. Two weeks passed, and they ran out of the food. Two weeks passed, and their food gave out.
Two weeks passed, and their food had been used up. Two weeks passed, and their food ran short.
Two weeks passed, and they ran short of the food. 如何表示“不同，区别”
1)tell the difference between A and B.说出A和B的区别；辨别A和B
高考英语复习知识点概要
2)tell A from B.区别、辨别A和B 3)What’s the difference between A and B?A和B什么不同？
4)There be some differences between A and B.A和B 之间有不同之处。
5)A be different from B.A和B不同
6)make sb./sth.different from使某人/物不同于?? 7)do sth. differently from?做起某事与??不同 8)make no difference无关紧要 [应用]完成句子
①我几乎讲不出这两个单词之间的区别。
I can hardly_____the difference________ these two words.
②绵羊和山羊有什么不同？
________ ________ ________between a sheep and a goat?
③哪一边赢对我都不重要。
It _______ ________ ________ to me which side may win.
④你确实很富，但这并不能使你不同于别人。 You are rich indeed, but that doesn‘t _________ __________ __________ ________ __________. ⑤事实和他所说的大不一样。
The fact _______quite________ _________ what he said.
⑥你能分辩出她和她的姐姐吗？
Can you _________ her________her sister? Key:①tell, between
②What’s,the,difference ③makes,no, difference
④make, you,different,from,others ⑤is,different,from ⑥tell,from save; rescue
save意为“救、挽救”，是普通而含义广泛的常用词。指通过救援不但使受害者（人、动物或物）能脱离危险或祸患，而且使其在今后能安全地生存下去。有时可与rescue通用。如:
He operated on her at once, and Edison‘s mother was saved.
They fight against the enemy to save their country. rescue意为“救、营救、挽救”，多指在直接的危险或祸患中给予迅速而有效的救援，一般指救人。如：
Helicopters were sent to rescue them, but it was impossible for them to get close enough.
say “Hi/Hello”to somebody 向某人问候。
类似的还有：say“Yes/OK/No”to sb./sth.同意/不同意??
say“Good-bye”to sb.向某人告别。 Say“Sorry”to sb .向某人道歉。
After saying “Good-bye”to us, he left hurriedly.和我们道别之后，他匆匆离开了。 Sea
at sea 在航海中，在海上 at the sea 在海边 在英语中，有许多结构用与不用定冠词在意思方面有着很大的区别。
go to sea 当水手，当海员 go to the sea 到海边去 keep house 料理家务
keep the house呆在家中不出门 in bed 睡着，躺在床上 in the bed在床上
at play在玩，正在游戏 at the play 在看戏 search;search for; look for
(1)search指“搜查某地或搜身”，其宾语可以是房屋、人身、衣袋等名词。如：
They searched their homes without any reason.他们毫无理由地搜查了他们的家。
They searched him but found nothing.他们搜了他的身，但没有找到什么。
(2)search for 则指“搜寻、搜索某人或物”。如： They searched for him everywhere.他们到处搜寻他。The police searched the wood for the lost child.警察在树林里寻找走失的孩子。
试比较：They searched his clothes.他们搜查了他的衣服。（看是否藏有东西）
They searched for his clothes.他们在搜寻他的衣服。（要找到衣服）
另外，search也可用做名词，in search of “寻找、寻求”是个常见短语。如：
The boys went in search of something to eat.孩子们去找东西吃。
(3)look for意为“寻找”，同search for意义大体相同。但search for 意味较强，用很大注意力搜寻。而look for则较为通俗，常用于日常用语。如: I looked for my missing pen everywhere.我到处找我丢失的那支笔。 see?off 为?送行。
① Is anybody seeing you off ?有人送你吗？
②Tomorrdow I must go to the airport to see my brother off .明天我得到机场为我哥哥送行。
see sb. doing sth . 看到某人正在做某事（看到动作的一部分。）
高考英语复习知识点概要
see sb. do sth . 看到某人做过某事（看到了动作的全过程。）
①I saw him crossing the treet.我看到他正在过马路。 果和好的分开。
England is separated from France by the Channel.英吉利海峡把英国和法国分隔开。
②I saw him cross the street.我看到他过了马路。 当用到不定式作宾语补足语时，不定式不带to .但在被动句中不定式须带to 。
He was seen to fall suddenly from the tree.人们看到他突然从树上掉了下来。 send out 发出；放出
Some unknown flowers in the garden send out nice smell.
花园里有些不知名的花发出香味。
The sun sends out light and heat.太阳发光发热。 send构成的其他词组：
Send away 撵走；开除；解雇 send for派人去叫（请） send up发射 Sense
make sense讲得通；很有意义
This sentence doesn‘t make any sense. sentence 短语归纳
sentence用作名词或动词，有“宣判，判决”之意。如:pass sentence on sb.判某人的刑；announce sentence on sb.宣布对某人的判决；serve one’s sentence服刑；be sentenced to hard labour被判服苦役；be sentenced to six months in prisom被判处六个月监禁；be under the sentence of death/be sentenced to death被判处死刑；have sb. sentenced to death判某人死刑；sentence sb. to death判某人死刑；receive a sentence of two years 被判两年徒刑。 [应用]完成句子
①一个凶手被判三年徒刑，另一个被判处死刑。 One murderer was______ ______ three years in prison and the other was sentenced_______ _________ .
②那小偷被判5年监禁。
The thief_______a sentence _______ 5 years in prison.
Key:①sentenced, to, to, death ②received, of
separate
(1)adj. 独自的、独立的、分别为不同的、各自的、分离的、分开的。
My little son wants a separate room. 我小儿子想要个单词。
I want to listen to your separate opinions.我想听你们每个人自己的看法。
(2) t. ; vi. 使分开；分离；隔开。常与from 搭配。 Separate the bad apples from the good ones.把坏苹We talked until midnight and then separated.我们一直谈到半夜，然后才分手。
Nobody can separate Taiwan from China.任何人也不能把台湾从中国分裂出去。 set off (for)出发，动身（去某地） set off 引爆
set out to do sth.着手?? n.
set about+ doing开始（着手）做?? ①We’ll set off fox Xi’an at six tomorrow. ②Polonium is used to set off a nuclear bomb.
③He set out to break the record for the crosschannel swim.④I don’t know how to set about this job. shoot sb./sth;shoot at sb./sth. 在shoot sb./sth.中，shoot为及物动词，除了shoot the arrow(射箭)外，其宾语多为射击的对象，即人或动物等。Shoot意为“打中、打死、枪决”。而在shoot at sb./sth.中，shoot为不及物动词,at表示动作的方向或目标，打中与否不得而知。试比较： Ｈe shoot the bear.他打中了那只熊。 Ｈe shoot at the bear.他朝那只熊射击。 show off
该短语动词意为“炫耀”，而show sb./sth.off意为“显示??的优点”。如：
He is a man who is always showing off. 由show 构成的短语动词有： show up出现/出席，显眼 show?over/round带??参观
show?in领??进入；show?out领/送??出去 如：Only three of the people we invited to the party didn’t show up. sign
1)用作名词：traffic signs交通标志；road signs 路标；
signs for the rest rooms厕所标志：signs of heart trouble 心脏病的迹象，signs of rain/earthquake下雨/地震的预兆。 2）用作动词，表示“签名，作手势”。如：sign one’s name签名；sign the agreement 签署协议；sign to sb.朝某人做手势；sign to sb.to do sth.做手势让某人干某事。
[应用]完成句子
①董事长在文件上签了名。
The president_______ ______ ______to the paper. ②警察做手势叫我停下。
高考英语复习知识点概要
The policeman ________ ________ ________ _______.
Key:①singed,his,name②singed,me,to,stop single, not a single
single是形容词，有“单一的，单个的，单身的，唯一的”意义；not a single表示“一个也没有”，起强调作用，位于句首时引起倒装。如：remain single尚未成婚；the single person唯一的人；a single bed/ticket/man/room单人床/单程票/独身男子/单人房间
He didn’t make a single mistake in the exam./Not a single mistake did he make in the exam.他在考试中没出一处错误。 [应用]汉译英
①今天上午这个商店里一个人也没有。 ②他是能帮助我们的唯一的人。
Key: ①Not a single person has been in the shop this morning.
②He’s the single person that can help us.
so far迄今为止；到现在为止。通常用现在完成时连用，so far可置于句首、句中或句末。
①So far we have learned English for six years.到今年我们已经学了6年英语了。
②Your work has been good so far this year.今年迄今为止你的工作很出色。
③ We haven’t heard from Tom so far.至今我们还没收到汤姆的来信。 6．the + 比较级，the + 比较级越??，就越??。 ①The busier he is ,the happier he feels。越忙他越高兴。
②The harder you work, the greater progress you’ll make.你学习越努力，取得的进步就越大。
③The more hppily we live,the more we realize how much we owe to the Party。我们过得越幸福，就会更加认识到共 产 党的恩情。
④The more I hear, the more I laugh.越听我笑得越厉害。
so,neither,norr
若表示另外一人也如何如何，则采用倒装形式，把系列动词，情态动词，助动词等提到主语之前；若主语为同一人，表示其就是如何，是系动词等不用提前。
若句子为否定句，则用neither, nor ,如：
I don’t know, nor do I care .我不知道，也不关心。 若前句既有肯定又有否定，或并列谓语形式不一致，则采用so it is with??，或It is the same with??的结构，如：
—— He is writer and has written a lot of works . —— So it is with me. ( 或It is the same with me) 此时说明我也是作家，也写了很多作品。若用so am I 只能说明我是作家。若用so have I 只能说明我也写了很多作品。再如：
—— He is good at English, but doesn‘t do well in maths.
—— It is the same with me .( 或So it is with me ) 若用So am I 或 Nor do I 则只能分别说明其中一个方面。
so that 以便于；目的是为了。相当于in order that,引导目的状语从句。从句中常带有may/might;can/could;will/would/should等情态动词 ①He got up early so that he might catch the first bus.他早起为的是赶上第一班车。
②I put on my glasses so that I could see more clearly.我戴上眼镜为的是看得清楚点。
③He spoke loud so that everyone could hear him.他大声说是为了让大家都能听到。
以上各句中的so that均可用in order that代替。 当so that从句的主语与主句主语一致时，常可简化为in order to或so as to 结构。 上面的①②句可转换为：
①He got up early in order to catch the first bus. ②I put on my glasses in order to see more clearly. 上面的③句不可简化。但：
He spoke loud so that he could be heard by everyone.可转换为：He spoke loud in order to be heard by everyone.
注意：in order that/in order to 表示目的时，可置于句首；so that/so as to 表示目的时不能置于句首。
so?that/such?that如此?以致于/结果??。 adj. adv.
so+ adj.+a/an+n.(单数) +that many/much/few/little+n.
a/an+adj.+n.(单数)
such+ n.(复数) +that n.(不可数)
例句：①This film is so moving that I want to see it again.这电影太动人了，我还想再看一遍。 ②He walked so fast that I couldn’t keep up with him.他走得太快，我跟不上。 ③This is so interesting a book
高考英语复习知识点概要
such an interesting book
④The villagers were such kind people that they all came to help us.村民们都是好心人，都前来给我们帮忙。
⑤It is such fine weather that we all want to go out for a walk.天气这么好，我们都想出去走走。
⑥There were so many books in the shop that he didn’走路。
2．prove vt.;vi.证明；结果是；证明是。
①Again history proved them wrong.历史再次证明他们错了。
②I can prove that he never tells a lie.我能证明他从不说谎。
③The method proved(to be)highly effective.这个方法证明是非常有效的。 still
t know which to buy.书店里书那么多，他都不知道买哪些。
so young a body 说明：在一个带有形容词的名词词组中，不定冠词a/an 通常放在adj.的前面。但是，如果adj.前有so, too, how,quite时，a/an应放 adj.的后面。其结构是：so/too/how/quite+adj.+a/an +n.。如： ①He is so good a student.
②It is too difficult a job for me.
spend vt.花费；用。其主语为“人”，宾语为“金钱”或“时间”；后面可搭配介词“on + 名词/代词”，或“in(可以省略) + 动名词”。
使用句式为：sb. + money/time + on sth./(in)doing sth.
①They spent 2000 yuan on the TV set./They spent 2000 yuan(in)buying the TV set.他们花了2000元这台买电视机。
②The writer spent 2 years(in) writing the novel./on the novel.这位作家花了两年时间写这部小说。 另外：“花钱”还常用以下两个句式：sb.+ pay money + for sth./sth.+cost sb.+money
①They paid 2000 yuan for the TV set. ②The TV set cost them 2000 yuan.
“花时间”还常用It takes sb. some time to do sth. 句式。
It took the writer 2 years to write the novel. start with 以??开始
Today‘s class starts with a question. stay link-v. 保持；维持。后面通常接形容词作表语。 ①The weather stays fine for three days. 天气好了3天了。
②The shop stayed open till six o’clock. 这家商店营业到6点。 stick
(1)vt.;vi.粘住；离不开；坚持
Einstein stuck to his theories and went on with his work.爱因斯坦坚持他的理论并继续工作下去。 （2）n.枝条；棍，手杖。
Professor Zhang walks with a stick.张教授拄着手杖 1) 用作形容词，意为“静止的，不动的，平静的”。 如：keep(stay) still保持不动；lie(stand)still躺着（站着）不
动；a still lake/evening 平静的湖/寂静的夜晚。 2)用作副词，表示“还，仍旧”，可以修饰形容词、副词比较组。如：
be still busy仍然很忙;win still greater success取得更大成功。
3)辨析still,quiet,silent;still侧重“一动不动”，quiet指“安静”，无动作，无声音，无骚乱，其反义词是noisy（吵闹的、喧哗的）；silent指不出声，不说话。对比：sit still坐着不动；Be quiet,and the class will begin.请安静，马上就要开始上课了。
Hearing the answer,be was silent for a minute or more.听了回答之后，他沉默了一两分钟。 [应用]完成句子
①他个子高，他哥哥更高。
He is tall,but his brother is _________ _________. ②我已经考虑了几个小时，但仍然不能决定。 I have been thinking for hours, but I ______can‘t decide.
Key:①still, talker ②still
stop?from doing sth.阻止??做某事。stop也可换为prevent 或keep.
①Nothing can stop/prevent/keep us from doing that. 没有什么能阻止我们那样做
②This is the best way to stop/prevent/keep such a thing from
happening again.防止这样的事再次发生这是最好的办法。
当该句型用到动词stop或prevent时，后面的from可以省略。
I tried to stop/prevent him(from)smoking, but I failed.我试图劝他戒烟，但没成功。
但当用到动词keep时，from不能省略。因为省略后得到的是另一句型keep?doing sth.意为“使??不断地做某事”。 I’m sorry I’ve kept you waiting for so long .很抱歉
高考英语复习知识点概要
让你久等了。
street, highway, road, path
street指位于城镇都市内，路面平整，两旁有人行道和房子的公共通道，highway,指供车辆行使的主要道路或公路，是城市间的主要通道；road指通向某一目的地的任何道路；path指只容人通行的小路，higher pay.
④铁路工人正在罢工。
The railway workers _________ _________ ________.
Key:①struck,at ②struck, against ③went, on, strike ④are, on, strike 山路。
[应用]阅读下列句子，体会画线词的意思。 ①This is the point where two busy streets meet.
②They turnede off the main highway onto a winding earth road.③There is a narrow road from our village to the next one.
④Walk along the path or you may lose your way. strike
A.用作及物或不及物动词 ①表示“敲、打、击”。如：
The teacher truck the table whenever he was angry. 教师一生气就敲桌子。
Strike while the iron is hot.趁热打铁。 ②表示“（钟）打点，鸣”。如：
The clock has just struck twelve.十二点的钟声刚刚响过。
③表示“打动，给??以深刻印象，迷住”。如： What struck us most was the great number of bicycles on the street.
给我们印象最深的就是街上的自行车非常多。 Visitors to Hangzhou are usually struck by the beautiful scenery.到杭州的游客常被那里的美景迷住。
I am struck by Annie’s honesty. 我被安妮的诚实所打动。 ④表示“（蛇、兽）咬，抓”。如：
His cousin was said to be struck by a snake. 据说他的表姐被蛇咬伤了。 ⑤表示“罢工”。
Workers often strike in that country. 那个国家的工人经常罢工。 短语：strike at 朝??打击；strike against撞??；strike sb. on the head打某人的头。 B.用作名词：
go on strike举行罢工；be on strike 在罢工 【应用】完成句子
①他抓起一根棍子向我打来。
He seized a stick and ________ ________me . ②孩子的头撞在墙上。
The child‘s head ________ _______the wall. ③售货员为提高工资而罢工。
The salesmen _______ ________ ________ for struggle短语归纳
struggle可用作名词或动词，表示“斗争，奋斗，挣扎”。如：take up the struggle开始斗争；after a struggle经过战斗；through struggle通过斗争；struggle with sb.与某人搏斗；struggle against difficulties/death/illness/nature/strong winds与困难/死亡/疾病/自然界作斗争/与大风搏斗；struggle for a living/freedom为生活而挣扎/为自由而斗争；struggle to one’s feet挣扎着站起来。 [应用]完成句子
①我们一路上不得不与大风搏斗。
We had to _________ ________ strong winds all the way.
②老太太挣扎着站起来，向家里走去。
The old woman _________ ________ ________ ________and struggled along the road to her home. Key:①struggle, against ②struggled, to, her, feet
such as 例如；诸如。用于列举同类的人或事物。 ①Writers such as Lu Xun and Ba Jin are well-known to all.象鲁迅、巴金这样的作家是众所周知的。 ②This summer we’re going to visit some places of interest,such as the Great wall,the Summer palace and the Imperial Palace.今年夏天我们要去参观一些名胜古迹，如长城，颐和园、故宫等。 注意:and so on 等等。用于并列成分之后。
Here you can buy oil,salt,sugar,vineger and so on.在这里可以买到油、盐、糖、醋等。 suffer
①用作及物动词，意为“遭受，蒙受，受到，忍受”。如：suffer loss/pain/punishment/defeat/wrong/hardship/discouragement/disappointment/unfair/treatment/hunger遭受损失/疼痛/遭到惩罚/遭到失败/受到冤枉/忍受艰难/失去勇气/灰心丧气/受到不公正对待/挨饿。 ②用作不及物动词，意为“受痛苦、受损失，折磨，受惩罚”，与from搭配。如:suffer from headache/loss of memory/bad health患头疼/患有遗忘症/身体不好；suffer a lot from a strange illness因怪病吃了不少苦。[应用]汉译英
①那个城市因地震而遭到严重破坏。 ②他们在战争中遭受了巨大痛苦。
高考英语复习知识点概要
Key: ①The city suffered serious damage from the earthquake.
②They suffered a great deal in the war.
suggest vt.建议；提议。有三种常用句式（但不能说suggest sb.to do sth.）。 （1）suggest sth.
①Who suggested the plan?谁提出的这项计划？ ②She suggested Shanghai for their meeting.他提议在上海会面。
（2）suggest doing sth.（不能接不定式）
①He suggested going for a swim in the river after lunch.他提议午饭后去河里游泳。
②I suggest talking with him as soon as possible.我建议尽快和他谈。
（3）suggest than??此时的宾语从句通常用虚拟语气，即谓语用“should+原形”，should可以省略。 ①I suggested (that)Jane(should)start at once.我建议简马上出发。
②I suggested Jack not wear the sweater.我建议杰克不要穿背心。
③We suggested he be punished.我们提议惩罚他。 注意：suggest当“表明;暗示”讲时后面的宾语从句不用虚拟语气。
①The smile on her face suggested she was very happy.脸上的微笑说明她很高兴。
②His silence suggested that he didn’t agree with us.沉默不语表明他不同意我们的意见。 suggest+宾语从句 suggest 在此意为“建议”，后面的宾语从句的谓语用了虚拟语气，其结构是：should do或do,否定形式为：should not do或not do.如：
I suggested that LiMing (should)be sent to the south. 我建议把李明派往南方。
I suggested that he (should)not do it today.我建议他今天先不要做。
suggest只有作“建议”解时，后面才可以跟“should(not)+动词原形”的形式，当suggest作“表明”解时不可以用此结构。如：
His smile suggested that he was quite satisfied with our work.他的微笑表示他对我们的工作很满意。 同时，即使是suggest作“建议”解，在现代英语中，谓语也可以用其他形式。
I suggest that you don’t ask him home for the vacation.我建议你假期不要邀他回家去。（句中用don’t ask,而没有用should not ask或not ask） I suggest that Robert might go to Beijing and have a talk with Mr Wu.我建议罗伯特去北京同吴先生谈一谈。（句中用might go而没有用should go 或go） supply vt.供应；提供给。常用结构：
supply sb. with sth./supply sth. to sb.两种结构常常可以转换。
①The factory supplies us with some parts of the car. The factory supplies some parts of the car to us.这家工厂为我们提供一些汽车零部件。
②The peasants supply vegetables to the city.
The peasants supply the city with vegetables.农民们为城市提供疏菜。
suppose vt.认为；猜测
①suppose n. to be ②suppose that从句 ③suppose so/not
We all supposed him to be honest. 我们认为他老实。I don‘t suppose that I shall come back until eight o‘clock.
我想一直要到八点钟我才返回。 —Will he come?他会回来吗？ —I suppose so.我想他会。
I suppose not./I don’t suppose so.我想他不会。 Surprise
to one’s surprise表示“令人吃惊的是”，是介词短语。作结果状语或插入语，位于句首，其中one’s 指形容词性物主代词或名词所有格，surprise前也可用形容词修饰。例如：
To my great surprise, he passed the English examination.令我大为吃惊的是，他的英语考试极格了。
To Mr Lin’s surprise, Miss Li alone got three gold medals.使林先生吃惊的是，李小姐一人得三块金牌。
(2)in surprise表示“吃惊地、惊奇地”，是介词短语，作程度状语，常位于谓语之后。例如：
“How do you come to know it ?”Mr Zhao asked in surprise.赵先生惊奇地问：“你怎么知道的？” He shouted to us in surprise.他吃惊地向我们呼喊。 (3)by surprise表示“出其不意、趁??不防、突然”，是介词短语，作方式状语。例如：
He took the dog by surprise. 他趁那条狗不防突然进行袭击。
His visit took me by surprise.他的突然来访使我感到意外
surprised adj.感到惊奇
①be surprised to do ②be surprised at ③be surprised that从句
They were surprised to hear the news. 他们听到那个消息感到很惊讶。 He was surprised at their visit. 他对他们的来访感到惊讶。
高考英语复习知识点概要
We are surprised that she can finish all these things in such a short time. 我们对她在短时间内做完这一切感到十分惊讶。 swallow vt.吞吃；不嚼就吃下去 She swallowed the medicine with the help of some water. 她用水把药送下去了。 He just swallows his food; he is always in a hurry. 他吃饭狼吞虎咽，总是这么匆忙。 take 短语归纳 take along 带着，带在身边；take one’s place 坐某人的座位，代替某人的职位；take medicine 吃药；take steps采取步骤；take measures采取措施；take advice 接受建议；take a taxi坐出租车；take a look at 看；take a bath/walk/rest/trip洗澡/散步/休息/旅行；take away拿走; take down拿下，记录下；take back 带回，收回（话）；take off脱下（衣、鞋、帽），（飞机）起飞；take out取出；take place 发生；take the place of代替，取代；take up 开始，拿起;take a deep breath深呼吸；take one’s temperature量体温；take a photo照像;take a photograph of给??拍照；take one’(a)seat 坐下，坐好；take aim at 瞄准；take charge of 负责（管理某事或照顾某人）；take?for把??误当作；take hold of 抓住；take interest对??发生兴趣；take it easy别紧张，别过累；take notes作笔记；take notice of 注意；take office就职；take a new look on呈现新面貌；take on workers 雇佣工人；take part in参加（活动）；take pride in 为??而骄傲；take the lead带头；take trouble费劲（力）；take the side of 支持某人（方）；take a day off某一天休假，不工作；take one’s time从容行事，慢慢来；take turns轮流。take a bath:洗个澡 take a taxi:打的take off:脱去；起飞 take care of:照料take exercise:运动take away:拿走take a look:看一看take turns:轮流take one’s time:慢慢做 take a photo：拍照take one’s temperature:量休温take a bus:乘公共汽车take medicine:服药 take an interest in: 对??感兴趣take a seat:就座 take the floor：起立发言take a prize:获奖take the chair:当主席take place:发生 take hold of:握住take a rest：休息一下 take in:收容take fire：着火 take a drive：乘马车take a nap:小睡一会儿（午觉）take a shower：洗个淋浴 take a trip:旅行take a walk：散个步 [应用]完成句子。 ①你为什么不带你妈妈参加音乐会呢？ Why don‘t you ________ _______ your mother__________to the concert? ②墙上的地图太旧了，取下来吧。 The map on the wall is to old. _________ _________ ________. ③对不起，我收回我刚才的话。 Sorry. I _______ _______ what I said just now. ④我把他当成我弟弟了。 I ________him _________ my younger brother. Key:①take,along②Take, it ,down③take, back④took,for take an interest in 对??感兴趣 have an interest in 对??感兴趣 lose interest in 对??失去兴趣 ①He has a great interest in stamp-collecting. ②I lost my interest in history. ③His father took no interest in him. take charge 该词组意为“掌管”，“负责”，常与of介词连用，后接宾语，与“be responsible for”同意。如： Betty took charge of all the preparations for the exhibition sales. take…for example take?as an example 以??为例 You can take it for example that he always helps the old. 你可以把他帮助老人这件事作为一个例子。 Take Peter as an example, he is brave and kind.以彼得为例，他既勇敢又善良。 take/have a look at 看一下。该动词短语比look at 更侧着于一次性动作，即“看一眼”。 Can I take/have a look at your new watch?我看一看你新买的手表好吗？ 类似的短语还有：take /have a rest /an exam/a bath等。 take on; take sth. on意为“从事”，“担任”，“承担”。如： ①He is taking on a new job. ②You’ve taken on too much. 你承担的工作太多了。 take sb. on接受挑战 如： He took Jack on at golf. take on a new look呈现新面貌 如：Our country has taken on a new look every where. take photograph of/take photograph for take photograph of 表示拍照的内容。 take photograph for 表示拍照的目的。如：
高考英语复习知识点概要
He took some photographs of these beautiful flowers. 他拍了一些这些美丽的花的照片。
He took some photographs for the foreigners. 他为那些外国人拍了一些照片。 take?by surprise对??突然袭击，出乎??意料。 His parents took him quite by surprise when they suddenly appeared at the door.
take turns = take in turns轮流（做某事） The two boys took turns at digging the hole. 这两个男孩轮流来挖坑。
The three men took turns to drive so one would not be too tired.
这三个人轮流开车，因此，就不会有人过于疲劳了。 take up, take down
①take up arms/guns/knives/Japanese/too much room/the whole
day/the cry/the song拿起武器/拿起枪/拿起刀子/开始学日语/占太多的空间/占了整整一天的时间/喊起来/唱起来。
②take down the old picture /what he said取下旧画/记录下他说的话。 [应用]完成句子
①他20岁时开始写作。
He _________ _________ _________at the age of twenty.
②会议占了整个上午的时间。
The meeting_________ _________the whole morning.
Key:①took, up ,writing ②took, up talk of; talk about; talk on 这组词均可以表示“谈”，但程度不同。talk of 只表示“涉及”；talk about 表示谈细节；talk on兼有议论。如：
Talking of Shanghai, have you been there in summer?谈到上海，你夏天在那儿待过吗？
What are you talking about?你们在谈论什么呢？ They are talking on the book.他们在谈论这本书。 talk things through把话说完；充分讨论
You‘d better talk things through. I will listen with complete attention.
你最好把话讲完。我会专心听的。
If I had enough time, I would have talked things through.
如果有足够的时间，我会把话说完的。 tear短语归纳
tear out撕下，扯下，拔起；tear up 撕碎，拔起（后一词义同tear out）;tear down撕下，拆毁，tear at撕扯某物；tear sth.open把??撕开；tear sth.to(into)pieces把??撕成碎片。 [应用]完成句子
①这本书的前几页被人撕掉了。
The first pages of this book were ________ ________by someone. ②很多树被大风拔起了。
Many trees were________ ________by the strong wind.
③她一看完就把信撕碎了。
She _________ _________ the letter the moment she had read it.
④工人们把旧房拆了，在原址建起了新房。
The workmen__________ _________the old house and built a new one in its place.
Key:①torn, out ②torn, out(up)③tore, up ④tore, down
.tear out撕下，撕掉
He tore some of the papers out of the book.他从书中撕下了几页。
对比：tear up撕碎，撕毁，连根拔起 She tore up the letter. 她把信撕碎了。
The trees were torn up by the hurricane. 树木被飓风连根拔起。 另：tear down拆除（建筑物等） tear sth. in two/half 把??撕成两半
tell A from B →tell difference between A and B.
①Can you tell the difference between the two words?你能辨别这两个单词间的不同吗？
②It’s hard to tell one twin from the other.双胞胎很难分辨。
the coming?:the next 即将/正在到来的。
①—Hi,why are you so busy?你好，怎么那么忙？ —Because I’m preparing for the coming examination我正为快要到来的考试做准备
②We have decided to hold a sports meet during the coming autumn.我们已经决定今年秋季开运动会。 the rest 其余的人或物。可替代可数名词复数或不可数名词。作主语时，谓语动词数的形式应由替代的名词形式决定。
①These three books are mine.The rest are his .这三本书是我的，其余的是他的。
②Just give me a glass of the beer ; the rest is yours.给我一杯啤酒就行，其余的归你。 the same (?)as?和/同??一样。same之前总是带定冠词
①Jenny looks the same as before.詹妮看起来和以
高考英语复习知识点概要
前一样。
②He is the same age as his wife.他和他妻子同龄。 ③I have the same opinion as you(have).我和你意见一致。
The same to you : I wish you the same .希望您也如此。
当听到对方的良好祝愿时，常用此句来作答。 ①— Have a good time.祝你愉快。 —The same to you.祝你愉快。
②—Merry Christmas and Happy New year. 祝你圣诞快乐、新年幸福。
—The same to you .祝你也快乐、幸福。
但：—Happy birthday to you.祝你生日快乐。—Thank you.谢谢。
如果双方同一天生日，就用The same to you.
句型：the + 形容词或副词比较级，the + 形容词或副词比较级（越??，就越??） ①The more, the better.越多越好。
The more they talked, the more encouraged they felt.他们越说，就越感到鼓舞。
The more he thought about it, the less he liked.他对这个考虑越多，就越不喜欢。
The harder you study, the more progress you’ll make. 越努力学习，你的进步就越大。
There are safety measures to follow while training. 该句意为“训练时必须遵守安全措施”，这句话里应注意两点：
①while training 是从属连词与分词连用，在句子中做时间状语。结构“when/while + -ing 或过去分词短语”的使用条件是：
when/while 从句中的主语与主句中的主语相同。如：
You should have dropped in on me when staying here.
除了when/while 外，其他的从属连词如if，as if, though, as
before,after等，也有这样的用法。如： If heated, ice can be turned into water.
②to follow 是不定式做定语，修饰名词measures,是主动表被动。在There be 句型中，用不定式做的定语时，即就是不定式与所修饰的名词之间是动宾关系，也常用不定式的主动语态形式。如： There is a lot of work to do.
there be句型：①是一种倒装句式，be后的主语要和be在数上保持一致。如：
There is a pen, two books and some other things on the table.桌上有一支笔，两本书和一些其他的东西。②there be句型有完成式there have(has)been;有将
来式there is going to(will)be。
③there be句型中可加情态动词。如：
I am sure there used to be a shop near here.我肯定在这附近以前有家商店。
④there be句型中有的be,还可以用其他词表示“有、存在”，there live(一般跟人，有??一个人)，there stand(指物，树、高楼之类)，there lie(物，如一片土地等)。如：
There stand many tall buildings in our school and there lies a large wheat field in front of it. 我们学校里耸立着许多高楼，校门口是一大片麦田 there is no need…
need 在此为不可数名词，意为“需要”、“必须”，使用时应该注意它使用的句式结构，即我们只能说“There is no need for +n./(for sb.)to do ...” 不能说“It is no need (for sb.)to do sth.”
There is sth.wrong with...,......出问题了，出毛病了。 相当于sth.is wrong with?.
①—What’s wrong with you?你怎么了？
—There is something wrong with my back.我的背有点毛病。
②—Is there anything wrong with yous radio?你的收音机出毛病了吗？
—Yes.It doesn’t work.是的，不响了。 think to oneself
该动宾词组意为“心里想”。如：
She was thinking to herself how cold the room was. Think aloud意为“自言自语”（=talk to oneself）。如：
He stood there with his lips moving as if he talked to himself/thought aloud.
think up 想出，想起（办法等）
The students try to think up an idea to play football without$being seen.
think over熟虑；think out 想出，想透（问题等） think of考虑，认为，想起think about 考虑，想出 think aloud自言自语
Think well/highly/much of 篙度赞扬??；对??赞赏、印象好。
①All the teachers think well of Yang Pei.所有老师都对杨蓓印象很好。
②Our work was well thought of.我肎的工作受到了高度评价。
反义词组为：think poorly/little/nothing of this/that kind of…
┉of this/that kind“葩种??”
高考英语复习知识点概要
析：this/that kind of 后常用“单数名词”；而?of this/that kind前常用“复数名词”。即：
this/that kind of+单数名词=复数名词+of this/that kind
例：This kind of car is made in China.（单数谓语动词）
= Cars of this kind are made in China.（复数谓语动词）
throughout; all over; all through
本组词都有“遍及、贯穿”的意思，但所接名词不同。throughout后接表示时间和地点等名词。如： He worked throughout the night and the next day.他工作了整整一夜和第二天一天。
The disease spread throughout the country.这种病蔓延全国。
all over一般接表示地点的名词。如：
Just before he was killed, he sent a message to his comrades all over the country.在他被杀害之前，他把信送给了全国各地的同志们。
all through 一般接表示时间的名词。如；
The light was burning all through the night.灯彻夜亮着。
throw away抛弃
throw in插进（话语） throw off脱
throw out 抛出，丢弃
throw over把??抛过去（抛回），抛弃（朋友） time
1)表示“时间”，不可数
most of the time 大部分时间;enough time 足够的时间；ahead of time 提前；spare time 抽出时间；spend time 度过时间;take some time 花一些时间；pass time 度过一段时间；waste time 浪费时间；devote time in时间用在某方面；save time 节省时间
2)表示“次数，倍”解，是可数名词，有单复数 three times 三次；how many times 几次；five times as large as?五倍的大小；this time 这一次；last time 上一次；next time 下一次；each/every time 每一次；for the first time 第一次；
3)表示“时代，时报”多用复数形式
in the old times 在古时候；in ancient/modern times 在古代/现代；in one’s time 在某人那个时代；be ahead of one’s time 在时代面前；at the time of 在??时代；New York Times纽约时报
注意：have a good time 过得愉快，have a hard time/have hard times 日子过得艰难 [应用]完成句子 ①每次我去见他，他都忙着工作。
____ _____ I called on him, he was busy with his work.
②这是我第一次来到北京。
This is ______ ______ _____ _____ I have been to Beijing.
③她那个时候妇女不能上学。
______ _____ ______ women could not go to school.
④六十年代那里的人们日子过得很艰难。
In the 1960‘s the people there_____ _____ _____. Key: ①Each, time ②the, first, time,that ③In, her, time,④had, hard,times to be honest
该固定词组意为“老实说”，是动词不定式结构，与“to tell the truth”同义，它常用来表达某人的期望。如：
To be honest, I didn‘t go there. too?to结构
一般情况下“too? to ”表示否定意义“太??而不??”。如：
His brother is too young to go to school.他弟弟太小还不能上学。
The sentence is too difficult for me to translate.这个句子太难我译不了。 但在以下情况，“too?to ”并不表示否定意义。 （1）当too之后跟的是表示主语的态度、情感、心情或倾向的词时（常见的这类词有glad, eager, anxious, happy, ready, nervous, pleased等）。如： We were too eager to know the result of the exam.我们急于想了解考试结果。
She was too ready to speak.她太多嘴多舌。 He was too anxious to leave.她急于离开。
Sometimes we are too easy to overlook our own faults.有时我们很容易忽略自己的错误。
（2）如果把以上结构中的不定式重复一次，则前一个表示肯定意义而后一个表示否定意义。如： Such a man is too ready to blame others to blame himself.这种人最爱责人而不责己。
（3）如果在“too...to”结构中含有not或never等否定词时，则表示肯定。如：One is never too old to learn.活到老，学到老。 English isn’t too diffcult to learn.英语并非难得学不会。（或：英语并不难学。）
The girl is too careful not to make any mistakes.这女生很细心不会出错。
Mary is too clever not to believe him.玛丽很聪明不会相信他的。
高考英语复习知识点概要
（4）在too前有only, just, simply, all, but等词时，不定式也表示肯定。如：
The foreign visitors are only too glad to have an opportunity to visit the Great Wall .这些外宾非常希望有参观长城的机会。
The boy is only（just/but）too happy to help other students.这位男生特别喜欢帮助别人。
He knows but too well to hold his tongue.他深知少说为佳。 Trick
play a trick on sb.= play with sb.捉弄某人，耍弄计谋
He is always playing tricks on others. 他总爱捉弄别人。
Don‘t play tricks on me. I want to know the truth. 别耍我，我想知道真相。 troop n./v.
（1）n. 一群，大量，许我troops军队，部队 A troop of school children went into the museum. 一大群学生走进了博物馆。
The local people demand the withdrawal（撤退）of foreign troops.
当地的人们要求撤退外国军队。
(2)vi.集合，群集；成群涌向，结队而行 The students trooped up on the sports ground. 学生们在操场上集合。
We all trooped into/out of the hall.
我们成群地进入/走出礼堂。turn构成的短语 turn out 结果是??、变成??
turn against 反戈一击、反对??，对??不满 turn back打退堂鼓，返回
turn down拒绝；把??（音量等）放低，开小 turn in上交某物，交回 turn into变为
turn off关上（收音机、龙头等）；离开（公路等）；对??失去兴趣，反感 turn on开（收音机等），使??感兴趣；吸引；向??进攻；责怪
turn out结果是、最后情况是??，关（电灯、煤气等），生产、造就
turn over移交，随便翻阅
turn to sb.寻救帮助；查阅资料；努力于、加劲干 turn up来赴（宴、开会），出现；把（音量）放大；使作呕。如：
①There was no body that I could turn to. 当时没有一个人能帮助我。
②Please turn off the TV set. It’s wasting power. 把电视关了吧，太费电啦。 ③Things turned out to be smoothly developing. 事情结果正常发展。
④Our suggestions were turned down at the meeting. 会议没有采纳我们的建议。
turn当名词用时，意为“轮到某人干??，转折；倾向；作风”等意思。如： She went hot and cold by turns. 她一阵热，一阵冷。
by turns轮流；一阵??，一阵??；out of turn不该谁??干，不合时宜。do sb.a good(bad)turn 帮了某人的忙（倒忙） turn to 其中to为介词。 （1）转向。
He turned to me and said hello to me.他转向我向我问好。
（2）查阅；求助于。
If you are in trouble,please turn to me.如果你有麻烦，请找我。
up 的用法：adv.守全，彻底 Time is up.时间到了
Have you used up you money? 你的钱用完了吗？ 常用短语：eat up吃光；tear up撕掉；use up用光；lock up锁住；burn up烧光；get up起床；up and down上上下下，来来往往。 up until…
该结构意为“一直到??为止”，谓动常用完成时态。如：
Up until yesterday two sides had agreed on all the items of this contract.
used to ;would; be used to (1)used to 表示“过去惯常”，但“现在不做了”，指过去的习惯或状态，to 为不定式符号，后跟动词原形。有两点须注意：
①否定式。used to do sth.的否定式有两种形式： used not (usedn‘t)to do sth. didn’t use to do sth.例如：
He didn‘t use to (usedn‘t to)like country music,but now
he is getting interested. ②疑问式。used to do sth.的疑问式也有两种形式。其简短回答中的to通常不予省略，但动词原形常被省略。
Did + sb.(主语)+ use to do sth.? Used + sb.(主语)+ to do sth.? Did he use to play basketball? Used he to play basketball?
(2)would(可以)是will的过去式，也可表示习惯动
高考英语复习知识点概要
作。
①would用于过去将来时。
过去将来时的基本形式是：would+动词原形，在英国英语中，主语是第一人称时，would可换做should，第二、三人称用would。
I thought I would make lots of new friends.我曾认为我会交上许多新朋友。
②would表示过去习惯的动作。
“would + 动词原形”表示过去的习惯动作，与used to 同义，但与used to 有别。Used to do表示过去经常发生的动作或存在的状态，同时隐含有“现在已经有所改变”的意思，而“would+do sth.”可以用来表示“过去经常发生”，但不表示“过去存在的状态”。
She used to say“No pains,no gains”。 她过去常说：“不劳而获”。（used to可以换为would）I used to live in the countryside.我过去住在农村。（此句的used to不可用would换用） （3）be used to具有双重含义：
①be used to是use sth.to do sth的被动形式，意为“被用来干某事”，to为不定式符号。例如:Rice may be used to make wine.
②be used to表示“习惯于??，”be可以换为get或become,表示“开始、变得习惯于??”，to 为介词，其后接名词、代词或动词作宾语。例如： I‘m used to English food.
very当形容词用时，意思为“正是，恰好是??”如果有定语从句则常用that 引导。如：This is the very book(that)I’m after.这正是我要找的书。 waste
It is a waste of time/money to do sth.干??浪费时间（钱）
It‘s a waste of time to fix this watch. watch over
该短语动词意为“照看”，“保护”，“监视”。如： Will you watch over my clothes while I go shopping. Watch out(for sth.)意为“注意”，“监视”，“当心”。如：
The doctor told her to watch out for anything unusual.
way(s)后的定语从句
修饰way(s)(方法，方式)的定语从句其关系词可以用in which,that也可省略关系词，但不能直接使用which.如：I feel angry about the way(that)he has treated me./I feel angry about the way in which he has treated me.我对他对待我的方式感到生气。 对比：He found a way that/which led to success.(way在从句中作主语) 他找到了一条通往成功的路。 [应用]单句改错
①I don’t like the way which you laugh at her.
②They didn’t to the experiment the way in that we do now.
key:①在which前加in或改which为that ②改that为which或去掉in welcome
1)welcome sb.warmly/give sb.a warm welcome热烈欢迎某人；have a rather cold welcome 受到冷遇 2)You are welcome to ?欢迎光临某地；Welcome to China.欢迎到中国来；You are welcome. 不用谢，别客气（回答感谢）。 [应用]完成句子
①我们没料到他们会如此热烈地欢迎我们。
We didn‘t expect that they_____ us such a warm _____.
②欢迎你们到我们学校来。 You are ____ _____ our school. Key: ①gave, welcome ②welcome,to
What about when we leave ? What /How about a drink?
What /How about the two of us having a drink? How do you like/find the film?
What do you think of it? 征求意见、看法时
What do you think I should do?你认为我该怎么办？
其中的do you think看作插入语，相当于what should I do,do you think?
①I think Tom is the best student in our class.我认为汤姆是我们班最好的学生。划线Tom 提问则得：Who do you think is the best student in our class?你认为谁是我们最好的学生？
（不能说：Do you think who is the best student in our class?）
②What do you think is going to happen next?你认为下一步要发生什么事。
③Which way do you think is better?你认为哪个方法较好呢？
Wht is more更重要的，而且
It‘s a useful book, and, what is more, not an expensive one.
它是一本有用的书而且不贵。
We invited a new speaker and, what is more, he was happy to come.
我们请了一位新的演讲者而且他很高兴来。
同义短语：moreover, in addition, besides, what’s
高考英语复习知识点概要
wore
whatever用法小结
whatever 是一种用法较特殊的代词，兼有连接词和关系词的作用，主要有以下三种用法：
(1)引导主语从句和宾语从句，意思是“凡是??的事物(=anything that)”.
Whatever I have is yours.我所有的东西就是你的。(主语从句)
Go to stamp sales and buy whatever you can afford.到邮票销售处去把你能买得起的邮票都买下来。（宾语从句）
She would tell him whatever news she got.她会把所听到的任何消息都告诉他。（宾语从句）
Talk to me about whatever is troubling you.把任何使你烦恼的事都对我谈谈。（介词宾语从句）
whatever在这类从句中可作主语、宾语、定语等。 (2)引导状语从句，多表示让步，意思是“不管什么、无论怎样”。如：
Don’t change your plans, whatever happens.无论怎样，你都别改变计划。 Whatever I am, it’s useful to know foreign languages.无论我做什么工作，懂外语总是有用的。
So don’t lose heart, whatever you do。因此无论你做什么，都不要丧失信心。
Whatever the old man was like, most of his scientific work was sound.无论那位老人怎么样，他大部分的科研工作是好的。
You have to go on,whatever difficulties you meet.无论你遇到什么困难，你都必须干下去。
Whatever在这类从句中可作主语、表语、宾语、介词宾语、定语等。
这类句中的某些成分还可以省略。如：
The country is always beautiful whatever the season(is).无论哪个季节，这个国家总是很美。 when conj. (就在)这时、那时。用作并列连词，不能置于句首。
① I was listening to music when I heard someone knocking at the door. 我正在听音乐，这时听到有人敲门。 ② I’ll call on you tomorrow, when I’ll explain it to you. 明于我去看你，那时我再向你说明那件事情。 when的用法：
①when在本句中，可以相当于if,引导条件状语从句，意为“既然”。如：
How can I help them to understand when they won‘t listen to me?
②when意为“当??的时候”，“在??时”，引导时间状语从句。
③when是并列连词（=and then）意为“就在这/那时”，连接两个句子。如：We are about to go to city when it is raining.
whenever,“无论什么时候”，既可引导让步状语从句，也可引导名词性从句，whoever,whichever,whatever,wherever,however等也同样。
“no matter when”只能引导让步状语从句，no matter what(who,where,which,when,how) 也同样。 ①Whoever leaves the room last must close the door. ②Whoever came here,he will be welcomed. whisper
whisper可用作名词或动词，意为“低语，私语”。如：whisper to sb.对某人耳语；whisper about sth./sb.小声议论某事/人；whisper sth. to sb.低声告诉某人某事；in a whisper低声地；It’s whishpered that?私下说??。 对比：say to sb.对某人说；speak to sb.和某人说话；talk to sb.和某人说话；explain to sb.对某人解释说；lie to sb.对某人撒谎说。 [应用]完成句子
①老师低声给孩子们讲了个故事。
The teacher_________ a story to the children./The teacher told the children a story ___________ ____________ _____________.
②有人私下说史密斯先生的生意在衰败。
________ _________ _________ that Mr Smith‘s business is falling.
Key:①Whispered/in,a, whisper ②It,is, whispered with就??来说。
The problem with looking into space from the earth is that there is a lot of dust in the earth air.从地球上观察太空存在一个问题，这就是地球的大气中有着大量的尘埃。
①With many of the poor, hunger is a constant problem.食不果腹是许多穷人经常存在的问题。 ②The problem with these men was that they had no knowledge.这些人的主要问题是他们没有知识。 with fear
该介词短语意为“由于害怕”，with + n.有时用来表示原因，其中的n.常是表示情感的名词。 如：Her face turned pale with fear. word 短语归纳
①would like a word with sb.想和某人说句话； have a word with sb.与某人说句话； get in a word /get a word in 插话；
高考英语复习知识点概要
in a (one)word总之，一句话。
②keep one’s word信守诺言，break one’s word失信；translate sth. word for word 逐字翻译；have/get word(that)?有消息说，获得消息，听说；Word has come/came that?传来消息说??；
③have a few words with sb.和某人说几句话；have words(with sb.)争吵，争论；in words 用言语；with words口头上，in other words/in another word换句话说;match words with deeds言行一致；waster one’s words白费口舌；the last words临终遗言；sharp words苛刻的话；soft words甜言蜜语 ④[应用]完成句子
①传来消息说中国女子足球队获亚军。
_______ ________ _______the Chinese Women Football Team had won second place.
②我听说他们昨晚相互争吵起来。
I________ _________ that they_________ _________with each other last night. work on/ work at
work on与work at可通用，表示“忙于??”。但在work on sth.中，sth是work的具体对象；而在work at sth.中，sth. 只说明所从事工作的性质，即时间、精力用在某一方面的事情上，而不在于说明正在做什么。如：
He is working on/ at a novel.他正在专心写一部小说。
They have worked at this subject for many years.他们从事这项课题的研究已经好多年了。
Bob worked hard on organizing other singers to sing for him for free.鲍勃积极地组织其他歌唱家为他义务演唱。
work out算出；解决。
①Can you work out how much money it will need?你能算出需多少钱吗？
②I’ve worked out the problem.我已解决了这个问题。
8.take sides(in)袒护；站在??一边。
①They took the side of their child.他们袒护自己的孩子。
②She has taken sides in the quarrel.她参与了争吵。 Worth
be worth doing = be(well)worthy of being done / to be done(很)值得做
The city is worth visiting.这个城市值得参观。 (= The city is worthy of being visited. = The city is worthy to be visited.) worth; worthy 两者均是形容词，意思是“值得??的”，用法如下：
（1）worthy可以作定语，worth不能。例如： a worthy rival值得较量的对手
（2）worth后面直接跟名词（多为表示钱或代价的名词），其作用相当于介词；worthy后面接名词时须与of连用（一般不接表示钱的名词）。例如：This second-hand book is worth 100 dollars.这本旧书值100美元。
His deed is worthy of praise.他的事迹值得赞扬。 （3）worth后面可直接跟动名词的主动结构；worthy后接动名词的被动结构，且须与of连用，worthy后也可接不定式的被动式。例如：
This book is worth reading./ This book is worthy of being read./ This book is worthy to be read.这本书值得一读。
The city is worth visiting./The city is worthy to be visited./ The city is worthy of being visited. （4）表示“很值得”，通常用well修饰，而不用very。例如：
The film is well worth seeing.这部电影很值得一看。 would like 想要；愿意；希望。用来表示愿望，常用结构：
（1）would like sth.
Would you like some beer?想喝点啤酒吗？ （2）would like to do sth.愿意、想要做某事。 第一人称作主语时也可用should，用常用缩写形式。 ①He’d like to go there but he is too busy.他想到那里去，但太忙了。
②I would/should like to study medicine and become a doctor.我想学医当医生。 注意：回答时常用省略形式。
—Would you like to drink some beer? 想喝点啤酒吗？
—Yes ,I’d like to .好吧，喝点。
(3)would like sb.to do sth.想要、希望别人做某事。并不是主语做。
①I would like her to stay in the company.我希望她留在公司里。
②I’d like you to lend some money to him.我想要你借点钱给他。
would like; should like
(1)两个短语均指“想要??”，与want同义，但would(should)like的语气较want婉转或客气。 (2)would like 可用于各种人称；而should like则主要用于第一人称。例如：
He would(不用should)like to be a doctor.他希望当大夫。
高考英语复习知识点概要
We would(不用should)like to hear your views about it.我们想听听你对这个问题的看法。
(3)在疑问句中常用would like,而不用should like。例如：
What would you like for breakfast?你早饭想吃什么？
(4)这两个短语常常简略为’d like,后面可接名词、代词或动词不定式，不接动名词。例如：
Would you like to leave a message?你要不要留话？ 误：Would you like leaving a message? (5)在省略回答中，would like to 中的to 不可省略，只省略to后面的词语（但be 除外）。例如： ①—Would you like to join us tonigh?
—Oh, I‘d like to (join you),but I have a friend to see off at the station.
②—Would you like to be a singer? —Yes,I‘d like to be (a singer). would say总是会说??
would有过去、常常??之意，但它与used to 的用法不相同的。
①表示过去持续的状态或感情总是used to 而不是would。因此,would不与表示状态的动词连用。 There used to be a hospital/here.(√) 这里过去有一所医院。 There would be…(×)
②used to 和would都可以表示过去规则的行为，但通常would是在过去不大规则的行为时，或主语的关心、感慨等主观因素较强时使用，而used to 则在客观地陈述相当期间的规则行为时使用。
“I‘ll leave this job for a better one‖,he would say when he was scolded by his boss.
③“would”常与“often,sometimes,for hours”等表示时间的副词（短语）连用。 ④与现在或将来比较而表示“以前经常??”的意思时，用used to。
He will not have the money to spend on books as he used to.
“喜欢”的表示方法
英语中，表示“喜欢”的动词或词组有若干个，它们的语气强弱不同，有重有轻，意思也不完全一样，下面分别举例说明： (1)love 意为“热爱”，指引起深厚的、强烈的感情的爱，并有一种依附意，语气最重。如：
His mother,whom he loved deeply,died when he was only a small boy.他深深爱戴着他的母亲，当他小的时候，她与世长辞了。
I love doing comedies .我喜欢演喜剧。 (2)be fond of 表示“喜欢”“热爱”，也表示对某人或某事有感情，语气次于“love”。如：
Ants are fond of sweet food.蚂蚁喜欢吃甜食。 I’m fond of this child.我喜欢这个小孩。 (3)care for意为“喜欢、对??有兴趣”。如： The girl cares much for new clothes.这个女孩很喜欢新衣服。
They do not care very greatly for art.他们对艺术不是很感兴趣。
(4)like意为“喜欢”，指不反感，但不引起强烈的感情和迫切的愿意，反义词为dislike.如： Do you like reading?你喜欢阅读吗？ I like to read in bed.我喜欢在床上看书。 (5)enjoy意为“欣赏”“喜欢”，具有满足感，如： I enjoy foreign music.我喜欢外国音乐。
Most students enjoy asking questions in English.大部分学生喜欢用英语问问题。 (6)go in for“喜欢（做某类事）、有某种习惯或做法”。如：
What sports do you go in for?你喜欢哪些体育运动？
We don’t go in for that sort of thing.我们不喜欢那种事情。
形容词、副词各等级的修饰语 1）修饰原级的词：very,so,too,quite,rather,fairly,pretty.
2)修饰比较级的词：a little,a bit,slightly,any,much,a lot,a great deal,far,by far,rather,even,still,yet等。 3）修饰最高级的词：by far,much,almost,the second等。
注意：基数词、分数、百分数也可修饰比较等级。 [应用]完成句子
①恐怕箱子对你来说太重了，不过还是要谢谢你。 I‘m afraid the box is___heavy___you,but thank you all the same.(MET‘90)
②我的房间比你们的稍大一点。 Our room is ____ ____ than theirs. ③我比你早到三个小时。
I came here______ _____ _____ than you. ④黄河是中国第二长河。
The Yellow River is_____ _____ _____river in China.
Key：①too,for ②slightly,bigger ③three,hours,earlier④the,second,longest year by year/year after year 形容词+with
be pleased with sb./sth.对??满意；be satisfied with 对??满意；be busy with sth.忙于某事；be careful with 对??注意、细心；be connected with与??
高考英语复习知识点概要
有联系；be lined with 排列，站队；be patient with sb.对某人有耐心；be popular with受欢迎；be strict with sb.对某人严格要求；be wrong with 出毛病，不顺心；be disappointed with对??失望；be angry with sb.生某人的气 [应用]完成句子
①作为一名老师你应该对学生有耐心。
As a teacher you should_______ _______ ______ your students.
②每条路旁都栽上了树。
Every road ______ ______ _____ trees.
③我们老师对工作认真，对学生也很严格。
Our teacher is not only strict _________ his work but also________his students.
④夫妻都忙于工作，因而无暇顾及孩子。
Both husband and wife _______ ______ ______their work,so they
have no time to care for the child. Key: ①be, patient,with ②is, lined,with ③in, with
④are,busy,with
向别人提建议时常用的句型。
①Why don’t you do sth.??？你怎不??？ ②Why not do sth.？（上句的省略）为什么不??？ ③You’d better do sth.你最好是??。 例如：
①Why don’t you ask them to help you?你怎么不叫他们帮助你呢？
②Why not/don’t you go for a walk with them?为什么不和他们一块去散步呢？ ③You’d better go to see a doctor this afternoon.你最好下午去看医生。
year by year(=every year)强调逐步转变的过程，“逐年（变化）”。
They liked the cold wet weather there and their number increased year by year.糜鹿喜欢那里凉爽湿润的气候，因此它们的数量逐年增长。
The population increasing year by year.人口年复一年在增长。
Year after year(=for years)强调“逐年不断、重复，年年（重复）”。 Don’t plant the same crop in the same field year after year.不要年年都在同一块地里种同一种植物。 疑问词 +不定式
what ,how, when,where,whether,which等疑问词 + 不定式构成的短语相当于名词从句，多用在ask,decide,know, tell, explain, find out, consider, wonder后作宾语，可以改换成相应意义的宾语从句对比:
①Please show us how to use it./Please show us how we will use it.
请为我们示范一下如何使用。
②We don’t know whether to accept his invitation./We don’t
know whether we should accept his invitation. 我们不知道是否应该接受他的邀请。 [应用]填空
①There’re so many kinds of tape-recorders on sale that I can’t make up my mind______ to buy.(MET’92)
A what B.which C.how D.where
②Last summer I took a course on _______.(MET’90)
A.how to make dresses B．how dresses be made C.how to be made dresses D.how dresses to be made Key:①B ②A
“一??就??”英语表达法
On his arrival he was sold to farmer and worked in the fields.他一到就被卖给一个农场主，开始在田里劳动。
The moment he reached the country,he started his search.他一到那个国家，就开始寻找。
以上例句中的On his arrival和The moment均含“一??就??”“刚??就??”之意。下面就该意义的四种表达方式予以归纳。 （1）as soon as 归纳：
①as soon as 引出的时间状语从句既可以放在主句之前，也可放在主句之后，表示它所指的动作发生在另一分句所指的动作之前。
②as soon as 可以与动词的一般现在时，一般过去时或完成时态连用，主句的动词使用相应的动词现在时，过去时或将来时。如：
He started as soon as he received the news. 他一得到消息就出发了。
As soon as he had got into the car, I said“good morning”to him in French and he replied in the same language. 他一上车，我就用法语向他道了声早安，他也用法语作了回答。
（2）hardly/scarcely/barely?when/before?no sooner?than?归纳： ①注意搭配关系；hardly/scarcely/barely和no sooner不可以放在when/before和than之后。
②hardly/scarcely/barely和no sooner否定词位于句
高考英语复习知识点概要
首时，句中的主语和谓语必须部分倒装。
③hardly/scarcely/barely和no sooner引导的是主句，表示它的动作发生在从句之前，故常用过去完成时；when/while/whenever/before/after/until/till/和
if/unless/though,但简化必须符合下面两个条件。 （1）当从句与主句主语一致，且从句谓语有be而when/before和than引导的从句只能与一般过去时连用。
④该句型含“惊奇”之意。如：
Mrs Winthrop had no sooner left the room than they began to gossip about her.温思罗太太刚离开房间，他们就议论起她来了。
Scarcely/Hardly/Barely had he begun to speak when I sensed that he was in trouble.
他刚一开口，我就感到他遇到麻烦事了。
No sooner had we set out than a thunderstorm broke.我们一动身就遇上了大雷雨。 （3）the moment/the instant归纳：
名词短语the moment/instant/minute/second和副词immediately/
directly可以用做连词，相当于as soon as,引导的是时间状语从句；从句既可放在句首，也可放在句中。如：
The moment I saw him, I knew that there was no hope.一见到他，我就知道没希望了。
The instant you leave this tent, you will get a big surprise. 你一出账篷，便会大吃一惊。
We will leave the minute you’re ready.你一准备好，我们就走。
She returned immediately she heard the bad news.她一听到这个坏消息，就返了回来。
I left directly the clock struck twelve.钟一敲十二点我就离开了。
（4）on + 动名词（或表示动作的名词）归纳： 动名词（或名词）结构表示它所表达的动作刚一发生或完成，句子谓语所表示的动作就接着发生。它相当于as soon as 引导的时间状语从句。如： On arriving in England, they were taken to the Grystal Palace by train.他们一到英国便乘火车去水晶宫。
On his return from Europe, he set to work in earnest.他一从欧洲回来，便开始认真工作。
He was greeted by the Prime Minister on his arrival at the airport.他一到机场，便受到总理的欢迎。 另外，each time, every time如同上面四种类型一样，可直接用作从属连词，引导状语从句。如：
Every time I listen to his advice, I get into trouble. 我每次听了他的劝告，都会遇到麻烦。
I’ll think of my hometown each time I listen to that song.我每次听这首歌，都会想起家乡。 引导从句的词常有：的某种形式时，常可以把从句的主语及be省略掉。 ①Be careful when(you are) crossing the street 过马路的时候要小心。
②While (he was)walking along the sands.Crusoe saw some footprints in the sand.克鲁索沿沙滩走着的时候，看到沙子上有些脚印。
③I won’t go to her party unless(I am) invited.要是不受到邀请，我就不去参加她的宴会。
④He knows many things though(he is)very young.他年龄不大，但知道的事不少。
（2）当从句为it is + adj.时，也常将it is省略掉。 ①When (it is)possible,I’ll go to Beijing to see you.可能的时候，我将去北京看你。
②If (it is)necessary, I’ll come tomorrow.必要的话，明天我就来。
只能接动名词作宾语的词 1）动词：admit,advise,consider,delay,enjoy,excuse,escape, finish, forbid, imagine, keep, mind, miss, practise, suggest, unders- tand
2)词组:insist on, think of, give up, dream of, hear of,depend on,feel like,devote to, be used to,can’t help,prevent? from,look forward to, put off, be worth
[应用]选择正确答案
①The squirrel was lucky that it just missed ________.
A.catching B.to be caught C.being caught D.to catch ②Only one of these books is _________. A.worth to read B.worth being read C.worth of reading D.worth reading ③I really enjoy ________ that kind of job.
A.do B.doing C.to do D.to be doing
④“What are you going to do this morning?” “I‘m thinking of _______ to visit my aunt.‖ A.go B.going
C.having gone D.my going Key:①C ②D ③B ④B 只能接不定式作宾语的动词
下列动词只能接不定式作宾语，不能接动名词： agree,ask,choose, decide, demand,expect, hope,learn,long, manage,offer,plan,promise, pretend,
高考英语复习知识点概要
refuse,wish,set out, determine, by.(MET’89)
would love. A.not to see B.not seeing
[应用]选择正确答案 C.to not see D.having not seen ①We agree _______ here but so far she hasn’t ③Little Jim should love ______ to the theatre this turned up yet. even-
(MET‘95) ing.(met‘92)
A.having met B.meeting A.to be taken B.to take
C.to meet D.to have met C.being taken D.taking ②She pretended __________ me when I passed
Key:①C ②A ③A